TSB43AB23-EP [TI]

增强型产品 IEEE 1394A-2000 OHCI 物理层/链路层控制器;
TSB43AB23-EP
型号: TSB43AB23-EP
厂家: TEXAS INSTRUMENTS    TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
描述:

增强型产品 IEEE 1394A-2000 OHCI 物理层/链路层控制器

通信 控制器 微控制器 微控制器和处理器 串行IO控制器 通信控制器
文件: 总109页 (文件大小:627K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
ꢇꢈ ꢈ ꢈ ꢉ ꢄ ꢊꢃ ꢋꢌꢆ ꢍꢍꢍ ꢎ ꢏ ꢐꢇ ꢑꢏ ꢒ ꢓ ꢔꢕꢖꢗ ꢔꢋꢘꢙꢚ  
ꢐ ꢛꢖ ꢜ ꢚꢛ ꢝ ꢝꢙ ꢚ  
Data Manual  
February 2003  
1394 Host Controller Solutions  
SLLS450A  
IMPORTANT NOTICE  
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, modifications,  
enhancements, improvements, and other changes to its products and services at any time and to discontinue  
any product or service without notice. Customers should obtain the latest relevant information before placing  
orders and should verify that such information is current and complete. All products are sold subject to TI’s terms  
and conditions of sale supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.  
TI warrants performance of its hardware products to the specifications applicable at the time of sale in  
accordance with TI’s standard warranty. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI  
deems necessary to support this warranty. Except where mandated by government requirements, testing of all  
parameters of each product is not necessarily performed.  
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or customer product design. Customers are responsible for  
their products and applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with customer products  
and applications, customers should provide adequate design and operating safeguards.  
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any TI patent right,  
copyright, maskworkright, orotherTIintellectualpropertyrightrelatingtoanycombination, machine, orprocess  
in which TI products or services are used. Information published by TI regarding third–party products or services  
does not constitute a license from TI to use such products or services or a warranty or endorsement thereof.  
Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual property  
of the third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.  
Reproduction of information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without  
alteration and is accompanied by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. Reproduction  
of this information with alteration is an unfair and deceptive business practice. TI is not responsible or liable for  
such altered documentation.  
Resale of TI products or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that  
product or service voids all express and any implied warranties for the associated TI product or service and  
is an unfair and deceptive business practice. TI is not responsible or liable for any such statements.  
Mailing Address:  
Texas Instruments  
Post Office Box 655303  
Dallas, Texas 75265  
Copyright 2003, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Contents  
Section  
Title  
Page  
1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1  
1.1  
1.2  
1.3  
1.4  
1.5  
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11  
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13  
Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14  
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14  
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14  
2
3
Terminal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1  
TSB43AB23 1394 OHCI Controller Programming Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1  
3.1  
3.2  
3.3  
3.4  
3.5  
3.6  
3.7  
3.8  
3.9  
PCI Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33  
Vendor ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33  
Device ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34  
Command Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34  
Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35  
Class Code and Revision ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36  
Latency Timer and Class Cache Line Size Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36  
Header Type and BIST Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37  
OHCI Base Address Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37  
3.10 TI Extension Base Address Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38  
3.11 Subsystem Identification Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39  
3.12 Power Management Capabilities Pointer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39  
3.13 Interrupt Line and Pin Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310  
3.14 MIN_GNT and MAX_LAT Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310  
3.15 OHCI Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311  
3.16 Capability ID and Next Item Pointer Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311  
3.17 Power Management Capabilities Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312  
3.18 Power Management Control and Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313  
3.19 Power Management Extension Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313  
3.20 PCI PHY Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314  
3.21 Miscellaneous Configuration Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315  
3.22 Link Enhancement Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316  
3.23 Subsystem Access Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317  
3.24 GPIO Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318  
OHCI Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1  
4
4.1  
4.2  
4.3  
4.4  
OHCI Version Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44  
GUID ROM Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45  
Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46  
CSR Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46  
iii  
4.5  
4.6  
4.7  
4.8  
4.9  
CSR Compare Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47  
CSR Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47  
Configuration ROM Header Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
Bus Identification Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
Bus Options Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49  
4.10 GUID High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410  
4.11 GUID Low Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410  
4.12 Configuration ROM Mapping Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411  
4.13 Posted Write Address Low Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411  
4.14 Posted Write Address High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412  
4.15 Vendor ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412  
4.16 Host Controller Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413  
4.17 Self-ID Buffer Pointer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414  
4.18 Self-ID Count Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415  
4.19 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416  
4.20 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417  
4.21 Interrupt Event Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418  
4.22 Interrupt Mask Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420  
4.23 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Event Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422  
4.24 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Mask Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423  
4.25 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Event Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423  
4.26 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Mask Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424  
4.27 Initial Bandwidth Available Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424  
4.28 Initial Channels Available High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425  
4.29 Initial Channels Available Low Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425  
4.30 Fairness Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426  
4.31 Link Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427  
4.32 Node Identification Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428  
4.33 PHY Layer Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429  
4.34 Isochronous Cycle Timer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430  
4.35 Asynchronous Request Filter High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431  
4.36 Asynchronous Request Filter Low Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433  
4.37 Physical Request Filter High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434  
4.38 Physical Request Filter Low Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436  
4.39 Physical Upper Bound Register (Optional Register) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436  
4.40 Asynchronous Context Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437  
4.41 Asynchronous Context Command Pointer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438  
4.42 Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439  
4.43 Isochronous Transmit Context Command Pointer Register . . . . . . . . 440  
4.44 Isochronous Receive Context Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440  
4.45 Isochronous Receive Context Command Pointer Register . . . . . . . . 442  
4.46 Isochronous Receive Context Match Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443  
TI Extension Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51  
5
5.1  
DV and MPEG2 Timestamp Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51  
iv  
5.2  
5.3  
5.4  
5.5  
Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52  
Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register . . . . . . . 52  
Link Enhancement Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54  
Timestamp Offset Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55  
6
7
Serial EEPROM Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61  
PHY Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
7.1  
7.2  
7.3  
7.4  
7.5  
Base Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
Port Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74  
Vendor Identification Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75  
Vendor-Dependent Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76  
Power-Class Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77  
8
9
Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81  
8.1  
8.2  
8.3  
8.4  
PHY Port Cable Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81  
Crystal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82  
Bus Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83  
EMI Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84  
Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91  
9.1  
9.2  
9.3  
Absolute Maximum Ratings Over Operating Temperature Ranges . 91  
Recommended Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92  
Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended  
Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93  
9.4  
Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Ranges of  
Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94  
9.4.1  
9.4.2  
9.4.3  
Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94  
Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94  
Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95  
9.5  
9.6  
9.7  
9.8  
Thermal Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95  
Switching Characteristics for PHY Port Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95  
Operating, Timing, and Switching Characteristics of XI . . . . . . . . . . . 95  
Switching Characteristics for PCI Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95  
10 Mechanical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101  
v
List of Illustrations  
Figure  
21  
22  
31  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
91  
Title  
Page  
PDT Package Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22  
PGE Package Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23  
TSB43AB23 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32  
TP Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81  
Typical Compliant DC Isolated Outer Shield Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82  
Non-DC Isolated Outer Shield Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82  
Load Capacitance for the TSB43AB23 PHY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83  
Recommended Crystal and Capacitor Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83  
Test Load Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94  
vi  
List of Tables  
Table  
Title  
Page  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
PDT Package Signals Sorted by Terminal Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24  
PGE Package Signals Sorted by Terminal Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25  
Signal Names Sorted Alphanumerically to Terminal Number . . . . . . . . . . 26  
PCI System Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27  
PCI Address and Data Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27  
PCI Interface Control Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28  
Miscellaneous Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29  
Physical Layer Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210  
Power Supply Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211  
Bit Field Access Tag Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31  
PCI Configuration Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33  
Command Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34  
Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35  
Class Code and Revision ID Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36  
Latency Timer and Class Cache Line Size Register Description . . . . . . . 36  
Header Type and BIST Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37  
OHCI Base Address Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37  
TI Base Address Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38  
310 Subsystem Identification Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39  
311 Interrupt Line and Pin Registers Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310  
312 MIN_GNT and MAX_LAT Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310  
313 OHCI Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311  
314 Capability ID and Next Item Pointer Registers Description . . . . . . . . . . . . 311  
315 Power Management Capabilities Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312  
316 Power Management Control and Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . 313  
317 Power Management Extension Registers Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313  
318 PCI PHY Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314  
319 Miscellaneous Configuration Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315  
320 Link Enhancement Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316  
321 Subsystem Access Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317  
322 General-Purpose Input/Output Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . 318  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
OHCI Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
OHCI Version Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44  
GUID ROM Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45  
Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46  
CSR Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47  
Configuration ROM Header Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
vii  
47  
48  
49  
Bus Options Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49  
Configuration ROM Mapping Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411  
Posted Write Address Low Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411  
410 Posted Write Address High Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412  
411 Host Controller Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413  
412 Self-ID Count Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415  
413 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register Description . . . . . . . 416  
414 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register Description . . . . . . . . 417  
415 Interrupt Event Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418  
416 Interrupt Mask Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420  
417 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Event Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . 422  
418 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Event Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . 423  
419 Initial Bandwidth Available Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424  
420 Initial Channels Available High Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425  
421 Initial Channels Available Low Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425  
422 Fairness Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426  
423 Link Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427  
424 Node Identification Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428  
425 PHY Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429  
426 Isochronous Cycle Timer Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430  
427 Asynchronous Request Filter High Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431  
428 Asynchronous Request Filter Low Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433  
429 Physical Request Filter High Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434  
430 Physical Request Filter Low Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436  
431 Asynchronous Context Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437  
432 Asynchronous Context Command Pointer Register Description . . . . . . . 438  
433 Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . 439  
434 Isochronous Receive Context Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . 440  
435 Isochronous Receive Context Match Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . 443  
51  
52  
53  
54  
61  
62  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
TI Extension Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51  
Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register Description 52  
Link Enhancement Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54  
Timestamp Offset Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55  
Registers and Bits Loadable Through Serial EEPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61  
Serial EEPROM Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62  
Base Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
Base Register Field Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72  
Page 0 (Port Status) Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74  
Page 0 (Port Status) Register Field Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74  
Page 1 (Vendor ID) Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75  
Page 1 (Vendor ID) Register Field Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75  
Page 7 (Vendor-Dependent) Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76  
Page 7 (Vendor-Dependent) Register Field Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76  
Power Class Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77  
viii  
1 Introduction  
This chapter provides an overview of the Texas Instruments TSB43AB23 device and its features.  
1.1 Description  
The Texas Instruments TSB43AB23 device is an integrated 1394a-2000 OHCI PHY/link-layer controller (LLC) device  
that is fully compliant with the PCI Local Bus Specification, the PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification  
(Revision 1.1), IEEE Std 1394-1995, IEEE Std 1394a-2000, and the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface  
Specification (Release 1.1). It is capable of transferring data between the 33-MHz PCI bus and the 1394 bus at  
100M bits/s, 200M bits/s, and 400M bits/s. The TSB43AB23 device provides three 1394 ports that have separate  
cable bias (TPBIAS). The TSB43AB23 device also supports the IEEE Std 1394a-2000 power-down features for  
battery-operated applications and arbitration enhancements.  
As required by the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification (OHCI) and IEEE Std 1394a-2000, internal  
control registers are memory-mapped and nonprefetchable. The PCI configuration header is accessed through  
configuration cycles specified by PCI, and it provides plug-and-play (PnP) compatibility. Furthermore, the  
TSB43AB23 device is compliant with the PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification as specified by the  
PC 2001 Design Guide requirements. The TSB43AB23 device supports the D0, D1, D2, and D3 power states.  
The TSB43AB23 design provides PCI bus master bursting, and it is capable of transferring a cacheline of data at  
132M bytes/s after connection to the memory controller. Because PCI latency can be large, deep FIFOs are provided  
to buffer the 1394 data.  
The TSB43AB23 device provides physical write posting buffers and a highly-tuned physical data path for SBP-2  
performance. The TSB43AB23 device also provides multiple isochronous contexts, multiple cacheline burst  
transfers, and advanced internal arbitration.  
An advanced CMOS process achieves low power consumption and allows the TSB43AB23 device to operate at PCI  
clock rates up to 33 MHz.  
The TSB43AB23 PHY-layer provides the digital and analog transceiver functions needed to implement a three-port  
node in a cable-based 1394 network. Each cable port incorporates two differential line transceivers. The transceivers  
include circuitry to monitor the line conditions as needed for determining connection status, for initialization and  
arbitration, and for packet reception and transmission.  
The TSB43AB23 PHY-layer requires only an external 24.576-MHz crystal as a reference for the cable ports. An  
external clock may be provided instead of a crystal. An internal oscillator drives an internal phase-locked loop (PLL),  
which generates the required 393.216-MHz reference signal. This reference signal is internally divided to provide the  
clock signals that control transmission of the outbound encoded strobe and data information. A 49.152-MHz clock  
signal is supplied to the integrated LLC for synchronization and is used for resynchronization of the received data.  
Data bits to be transmitted through the cable ports are received from the integrated LLC and are latched internally  
in synchronization with the 49.152-MHz system clock. These bits are combined serially, encoded, and transmitted  
at 98.304M, 196.608M, or 393.216M bits/s (referred to as S100, S200, or S400 speeds, respectively) as the outbound  
data-strobe information stream. During transmission, the encoded data information is transmitted differentially on the  
twisted-pair B (TPB) cable pair(s), and the encoded strobe information is transmitted differentially on the twisted-pair  
A (TPA) cable pair(s).  
During packet reception, the TPA and TPB transmitters of the receiving cable port are disabled, and the receivers  
for that port are enabled. The encoded data information is received on the TPA cable pair, and the encoded strobe  
information is received on the TPB cable pair. The received data-strobe information is decoded to recover the receive  
clock signal and the serial data bits. The serial data bits are resynchronized to the local 49.152-MHz system clock  
and sent to the integrated LLC. The received data is also transmitted (repeated) on the other active (connected) cable  
ports.  
11  
Both the TPA and TPB cable interfaces incorporate differential comparators to monitor the line states during  
initialization and arbitration. The outputs of these comparators are used by the internal logic to determine the  
arbitration status. The TPA channel monitors the incoming cable common-mode voltage. The value of this  
common-mode voltage is used during arbitration to set the speed of the next packet transmission. In addition, the  
TPB channel monitors the incoming cable common-mode voltage on the TPB pair for the presence of the remotely  
supplied twisted-pair bias voltage.  
The TSB43AB23 device provides a 1.86-V nominal bias voltage at the TPBIAS terminal for port termination. The PHY  
layer contains two independent TPBIAS circuits. This bias voltage, when seen through a cable by a remote receiver,  
indicates the presence of an active connection. This bias voltage source must be stabilized by an external filter  
capacitor of 1.0 µF.  
The line drivers in the TSB43AB23 device operate in a high-impedance current mode and are designed to work with  
external 112-line-termination resistor networks in order to match the 110-cable impedance. One network is  
provided at each end of a twisted-pair cable. Each network is composed of a pair of series-connected 56-resistors.  
The midpoint of the pair of resistors that is directly connected to the TPA terminals is connected to its corresponding  
TPBIAS voltage terminal. The midpoint of the pair of resistors that is directly connected to the TPB terminals is  
coupled to ground through a parallel R-C network with recommended values of 5 kand 220 pF. The values of the  
external line-termination resistors are designed to meet the standard specifications when connected in parallel with  
the internal receiver circuits. An external resistor connected between the R0 and R1 terminals sets the driver output  
current and other internal operating currents. This current-setting resistor has a value of 6.34 kΩ ±1%.  
When the power supply of the TSB43AB23 device is off and the twisted-pair cables are connected, the TSB43AB23  
transmitter and receiver circuitry present a high impedance to the cable and do not load the TPBIAS voltage at the  
other end of the cable.  
When the device is in a low-power state (for example, D2 or D3) the TSB43AB23 device automatically enters a  
low-power mode if all ports are inactive (disconnected, disabled, or suspended). In this low-power mode, the  
TSB43AB23 device disables its internal clock generators and also disables various voltage and current reference  
circuits, depending on the state of the ports (some reference circuitry must remain active in order to detect new cable  
connections, disconnections, or incoming TPBIAS, for example). The lowest power consumption (the ultralow-power  
sleep mode) is attained when all ports are either disconnected or disabled with the port interrupt enable bit cleared.  
The TSB43AB23 device exits the low-power mode when bit 19 (LPS) in the host controller control register at OHCI  
offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control Register) is set to 1 or when a port event occurs which  
requires that the TSB43AB23 device to become active in order to respond to the event or to notify the LLC of the event  
(for example, incoming bias is detected on a suspended port, a disconnection is detected on a suspended port, or  
a new connection is detected on a nondisabled port). When the TSB43AB23 device is in the low-power mode, the  
internal 49.153-MHz clock becomes active (and the integrated PHY layer becomes operative) within 2 ms after bit 19  
(LPS) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control  
Register) is set to 1.  
The TSB43AB23 device supports hardware enhancements to better support digital video (DV) and MPEG data  
stream reception and transmission. These enhancements are enabled through the isochronous receive digital video  
enhancements register at OHCI offset A88h (see Chapter 5, TI Extension Registers). The enhancements include  
automatic timestamp insertion for transmitted DV and MPEG-formatted streams and common isochronous packet  
(CIP) header stripping for received DV streams.  
The CIP format is defined by the IEC 61883-1:1998 specification. The enhancements to the isochronous data  
contexts are implemented as hardware support for the synchronization timestamp for both DV and MPEG CIP  
formats. The TSB43AB23 device supports modification of the synchronization timestamp field to ensure that the  
value inserted via software is not stalethat is, the value is less than the current cycle timer when the packet is  
transmitted.  
12  
1.2 Features  
The TSB43AB23 device supports the following features:  
Fully compliant with 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification (Release 1.1)  
Fully compliant with provisions of IEEE Std 1394-1995 for a high-performance serial bus and IEEE Std  
1394a-2000  
Fully interoperable with FireWire and i.LINK implementations of IEEE Std 1394  
Compliant with Intel Mobile Power Guideline 2000  
Full IEEE Std 1394a-2000 support includes: connection debounce, arbitrated short reset, multispeed  
concatenation, arbitration acceleration, fly-by concatenation, and port disable/suspend/resume  
Power-down features to conserve energy in battery-powered applications include: automatic device power  
down during suspend, PCI power management for link-layer, and inactive ports powered down  
Ultralow-power sleep mode  
Three IEEE Std 1394a-2000 fully compliant cable ports at 100M bits/s, 200M bits/s, and 400M bits/s  
Cable ports monitor line conditions for active connection to remote node  
Cable power presence monitoring  
Separate cable bias (TPBIAS) for each port  
1.8-V core logic with universal PCI interfaces compatible with 3.3-V and 5-V PCI signaling environments  
Physical write posting of up to three outstanding transactions  
PCI burst transfers and deep FIFOs to tolerate large host latency  
PCI_CLKRUN protocol  
External cycle timer control for customized synchronization  
Extended resume signaling for compatibility with legacy DV components  
PHY-link logic performs system initialization and arbitration functions  
PHY-link encode and decode functions included for data-strobe bit level encoding  
PHY-link incoming data resynchronized to local clock  
Low-cost 24.576-MHz crystal provides transmit and receive data at 100M bits/s, 200M bits/s, and  
400M bits/s  
Node power class information signaling for system power management  
Serial ROM interface supports 2-wire serial EEPROM devices  
Two general-purpose I/Os  
Register bits give software control of contender bit, power class bits, link active control bit, and IEEE Std  
1394a-2000 features  
Fabricated in advanced low-power CMOS process  
Isochronous receive dual-buffer mode  
Out-of-order pipelining for asynchronous transmit requests  
Register access fail interrupt when the PHY SCLK is not active  
Implements technology covered by one or more patents of Apple Computer, Incorporated and SGS Thompson, Limited.  
13  
PCI power-management D0, D1, D2, and D3 power states  
Initial bandwidth available and initial channels available registers  
PME support per 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification  
1.3 Related Documents  
1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification (Release 1.1)  
IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus (IEEE Std 1394-1995)  
IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus—Amendment 1 (IEEE Std 1394a-2000)  
PC Card Standard—Electrical Specification  
PC 2001 Design Guide  
PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification (Revision 1.1)  
PCI Local Bus Specification (Revision 2.2)  
Mobile Power Guideline 2000  
Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2)  
IEC 61883-1:1998 Consumer Audio/Video Equipment Digital Interface Part 1: General  
1.4 Trademarks  
iOHCI-Lynx and TI are trademarks of Texas Instruments.  
Other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
1.5 Ordering Information  
ORDERING NUMBER  
TSB43AB23PDT  
NAME  
VOLTAGE  
3.3 V  
PACKAGE  
PDT  
iOHCI-Lynx  
iOHCI-Lynx  
TSB43AB23PGE  
3.3 V  
PGE  
14  
2 Terminal Descriptions  
This section provides the terminal descriptions for the TSB43AB23 device. Figure 22 shows the signal assigned to  
each terminal in the package. Table 21 and Table 23 provide a cross-reference between each terminal number and  
the signal name on that terminal. Table 21 is arranged in terminal number order, and Table 23 lists signals in  
alphabetical order.  
21  
PDT PACKAGE  
(TOP VIEW)  
TPBIAS2  
TPA2+  
TPA2–  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DGND  
PCI_C/BE3  
96  
95  
94  
93  
92  
91  
90  
89  
88  
87  
86  
85  
84  
83  
82  
81  
80  
79  
78  
77  
76  
75  
74  
73  
72  
71  
70  
69  
68  
67  
66  
65  
V
DDP  
AV  
TPB2+  
PCI_IDSEL  
PCI_AD23  
PCI_AD22  
DD  
TPB2–  
AV  
AGND  
DV  
DD  
DD  
PCI_AD21  
PCI_AD20  
PCI_AD19  
PCI_AD18  
DGND  
9
TPBIAS1  
TPA1+  
TPA1–  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
AV  
DD  
AGND  
TPB1+  
TPB1–  
PCI_AD17  
PCI_AD16  
PCI_C/BE2  
TSB43AB23  
AV  
V
DDP  
DD  
AGND  
TPBIAS0  
TPA0+  
TPA0–  
AGND  
TPB0+  
TPB0–  
AGND  
PCI_FRAME  
PCI_IRDY  
DV  
DD  
PCI_TRDY  
PCI_DEVSEL  
PCI_STOP  
DGND  
PCI_PERR  
PCI_SERR  
PCI_PAR  
AV  
AGND  
DD  
AV  
CPS  
DV  
DD  
DD  
PCI_C/BE1  
PCI_AD15  
PHY_TEST_MA  
CNA  
DGND  
30  
31  
32  
V
DDP  
PCI_AD14  
DGND  
DV  
DD  
Figure 21. PDT Package Terminal Assignments  
22  
PGE PACKAGE  
(TOP VIEW)  
72  
71  
70  
69  
68  
67  
66  
65  
64  
63  
62  
61  
60  
59  
58  
57  
56  
55  
54  
NC  
NC  
NC  
109  
NC  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
AGND  
PC0  
AV  
PC1  
DD  
R1  
PC2  
R0  
REG18  
SDA  
FILTER0  
FILTER1  
115  
116  
SCL  
PLLV  
117  
118  
GPIO2/TEST0  
GPIO3/TEST1  
DD  
PLLGND  
XI  
119  
120  
121  
122  
DV  
DD  
XO  
CYCLEIN  
CYCLEOUT  
PCI_RST  
PCI_AD0  
DGND  
REG_EN  
PCI_CLKRUN  
PCI_INTA  
G_RST  
123  
124  
DV  
125  
126  
PCI_AD1  
PCI_AD2  
PCI_AD3  
PCI_AD4  
DD  
PCI_PCLK  
TSB43AB23  
DGND  
127  
128  
129  
130  
PCI_GNT  
PCI_REQ  
53  
52  
V
DDP  
51  
50  
49  
48  
47  
46  
45  
44  
43  
42  
41  
40  
39  
38  
37  
V
PCI_AD5  
PCI_AD6  
DGND  
DDP  
131  
132  
PCI_PME  
PCI_AD31  
DGND  
133  
134  
PCI_AD7  
PCI_C/BE0  
PCI_AD30  
PCI_AD29  
PCI_AD28  
135  
136  
137  
DV  
DD  
PCI_AD8  
PCI_AD9  
PCI_AD10  
DGND  
DV  
DD  
PCI_AD27  
PCI_AD26  
REG18  
PCI_AD25  
PCI_AD24  
NC  
138  
139  
140  
PCI_AD11  
PCI_AD12  
PCI_AD13  
NC  
141  
142  
143  
144  
NC  
NC  
Figure 22. PGE Package Terminal Assignments  
23  
Table 21. PDT Package Signals Sorted by Terminal Number  
NO.  
1
TERMINAL NAME  
DGND  
NO.  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
TERMINAL NAME  
PCI_AD13  
PCI_AD12  
PCI_AD11  
DGND  
NO.  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
TERMINAL NAME  
DV  
NO.  
97  
TERMINAL NAME  
AGND  
DD  
2
PCI_C/BE3  
DGND  
CNA  
98  
AV  
DD  
3
V
DDP  
99  
R1  
4
PCI_IDSEL  
PCI_AD23  
PCI_AD22  
PHY_TEST_MA  
CPS  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
R0  
5
PCI_AD10  
PCI_AD9  
FILTER0  
FILTER1  
6
AV  
DD  
7
DV  
PCI_AD8  
AGND  
AV  
PLLV  
DD  
DD  
8
PCI_AD21  
PCI_AD20  
PCI_AD19  
PCI_AD18  
DGND  
DV  
PLL  
GND  
DD  
DD  
9
PCI_C/BE0  
PCI_AD7  
DGND  
AGND  
TPB0–  
TPB0+  
AGND  
XI  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
XO  
REG_EN  
PCI_CLKRUN  
PCI_INTA  
G_RST  
PCI_AD6  
PCI_AD5  
PCI_AD17  
PCI_AD16  
PCI_C/BE2  
TPA0–  
TPA0+  
TPBIAS0  
AGND  
V
DDP  
PCI_AD4  
PCI_AD3  
PCI_AD2  
PCI_AD1  
DGND  
DV  
DD  
V
DDP  
PCI_PCLK  
DGND  
PCI_FRAME  
PCI_IRDY  
AV  
DD  
TPB1–  
TPB1+  
AGND  
PCI_GNT  
PCI_REQ  
DV  
DD  
PCI_TRDY  
PCI_DEVSEL  
PCI_STOP  
DGND  
PCI_AD0  
PCI_RST  
CYCLEOUT  
CYCLEIN  
V
DDP  
AV  
DD  
PCI_PME  
PCI_AD31  
DGND  
TPA1–  
TPA1+  
PCI_PERR  
PCI_SERR  
PCI_PAR  
DV  
TPBIAS1  
AGND  
PCI_AD30  
PCI_AD29  
PCI_AD28  
DD  
GPIO3/TEST1  
GPIO2/TEST0  
SCL  
AV  
DD  
DV  
TPB2–  
DV  
DD  
DD  
PCI_C/BE1  
PCI_AD15  
SDA  
TPB2+  
PCI_AD27  
PCI_AD26  
REG18  
REG18  
PC2  
AV  
DD  
V
DDP  
TPA2–  
TPA2+  
PCI_AD14  
DGND  
PC1  
PCI_AD25  
PCI_AD24  
PC0  
TPBIAS2  
24  
Table 22. PGE Package Signals Sorted by Terminal Number  
NO.  
1
TERMINAL NAME  
NO.  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
TERMINAL NAME  
NC  
NO.  
73  
TERMINAL NAME  
NO.  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
134  
135  
136  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
TERMINAL NAME  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
2
NC  
74  
3
DGND  
PCI_C/BE3  
PCI_AD13  
PCI_AD12  
PCI_AD11  
DGND  
75  
DV  
AGND  
DD  
4
76  
DGND  
CNA  
AV  
DD  
5
V
DDP  
77  
R1  
6
PCI_IDSEL  
PCI_AD23  
PCI_AD22  
78  
PHY_TEST_MA  
CPS  
R0  
7
PCI_AD10  
PCI_AD9  
PCI_AD8  
79  
FILTER0  
FILTER1  
8
80  
AV  
DD  
9
DV  
81  
AGND  
AV  
PLLV  
DD  
DD  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
PCI_AD21  
PCI_AD20  
PCI_AD19  
PCI_AD18  
DGND  
DV  
82  
PLLGND  
XI  
DD  
DD  
PCI_C/BE0  
PCI_AD7  
DGND  
83  
AGND  
TPB0–  
TPB0+  
AGND  
84  
XO  
85  
REG_EN  
PCI_CLKRUN  
PCI_INTA  
G_RST  
PCI_AD6  
PCI_AD5  
86  
PCI_AD17  
PCI_AD16  
PCI_C/BE2  
87  
TPA0–  
TPA0+  
TPBIAS0  
AGND  
V
DDP  
88  
PCI_AD4  
PCI_AD3  
PCI_AD2  
PCI_AD1  
DGND  
89  
DV  
DD  
V
DDP  
90  
PCI_PCLK  
DGND  
PCI_FRAME  
PCI_RDY  
91  
AV  
DD  
92  
TPB1–  
TPB1+  
AGND  
PCI_GNT  
PCI_REQ  
DV  
93  
DD  
PCI_TRDY  
PCI_DEVSEL  
PCI_STOP  
DGND  
PCI_AD0  
PCI_RST  
CYCLEOUT  
CYCLEIN  
94  
V
DDP  
95  
AV  
DD  
PCI_PME  
PCI_AD31  
DGND  
96  
TPA1–  
TPA1+  
97  
PCI_PERR  
PCI_SERR  
PCI_PAR  
DV  
98  
TPBIAS1  
AGND  
PCI_AD30  
PCI_AD29  
PCI_AD28  
DD  
GPIO3/TEST1  
GPIO2/TEST0  
SCL  
99  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
AV  
DD  
DV  
TPB2–  
DV  
DD  
DD  
PCI_C/BE1  
PCI_AD15  
SDA  
TPB2+  
PCI_AD27  
PCI_AD26  
REG18  
REG18  
PC2  
AV  
DD  
V
DDP  
TPA2–  
TPA2+  
TPBIAS2  
NC  
PCI_AD14  
DGND  
NC  
PC1  
PCI_AD25  
34  
35  
36  
70  
71  
72  
PC0  
NC  
106  
107  
108  
142  
143  
144  
PCI_AD24  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
25  
Table 23. Signal Names Sorted Alphanumerically to Terminal Number  
TERMINAL  
NAME  
PDT PGE  
TERMINAL  
NAME  
PDT PGE-  
TERMINAL  
NAME  
PDT PGE-  
TERMINAL  
NAME  
PDT PGE-  
NO.  
71  
73  
76  
80  
84  
89  
97  
70  
72  
81  
85  
90  
93  
98  
67  
69  
55  
54  
1
NO.  
81  
83  
86  
90  
94  
99  
111  
80  
82  
91  
95  
100  
103  
112  
77  
79  
61  
60  
3
NO.  
56  
65  
111  
123  
101  
102  
58  
57  
110  
52  
50  
49  
48  
47  
45  
44  
42  
39  
38  
37  
35  
34  
33  
31  
29  
14  
13  
11  
NO.  
62  
75  
125  
137  
115  
116  
64  
63  
124  
58  
56  
55  
54  
53  
51  
50  
48  
45  
44  
43  
41  
40  
39  
33  
31  
16  
15  
13  
12  
11  
NO.  
NO.  
NO.  
NO.  
AGND  
AGND  
AGND  
AGND  
AGND  
AGND  
AGND  
DV  
DV  
DV  
DV  
PCI_AD23  
PCI_AD24  
PCI_AD25  
PCI_AD26  
PCI_AD27  
PCI_AD28  
PCI_AD29  
PCI_AD30  
PCI_AD31  
PCI_C/BE0  
PCI_C/BE1  
PCI_C/BE2  
PCI_C/BE3  
PCI_CLKRUN  
PCI_DEVSEL  
PCI_FRAME  
PCI_GNT  
PCI_IDSEL  
PCI_INTA  
PCI_IRDY  
PCI_PAR  
5
7
PHY_TEST_MA  
68  
78  
DD  
DD  
DD  
DD  
128  
127  
125  
124  
122  
121  
120  
118  
41  
142  
141  
139  
138  
136  
135  
134  
132  
47  
PLL  
GND  
104  
103  
61  
118  
117  
67  
PLLV  
DD  
REG18  
REG18  
REG_EN  
R1  
FILTER0  
FILTER1  
126  
107  
99  
140  
121  
113  
114  
65  
GPIO2/TEST0  
GPIO3/TEST1  
G_RST  
AV  
AV  
AV  
AV  
AV  
AV  
AV  
R0  
100  
59  
DD  
DD  
DD  
DD  
DD  
DD  
DD  
SCL  
PCI_AD0  
PCI_AD1  
PCI_AD2  
PCI_AD3  
PCI_AD4  
PCI_AD5  
PCI_AD6  
PCI_AD7  
PCI_AD8  
PCI_AD9  
PCI_AD10  
PCI_AD11  
PCI_AD12  
PCI_AD13  
PCI_AD14  
PCI_AD15  
PCI_AD16  
PCI_AD17  
PCI_AD18  
PCI_AD19  
PCI_AD20  
PCI_AD21  
PCI_AD22  
SDA  
60  
66  
28  
30  
TPA0–  
TPA0+  
TPA1–  
TPA1+  
TPA2–  
TPA2+  
TPBIAS0  
TPBIAS1  
TPBIAS2  
TPB0–  
TPB0+  
TPB1–  
TPB1+  
TPB2–  
TPB2+  
77  
87  
15  
17  
78  
88  
2
4
86  
96  
108  
21  
122  
23  
87  
97  
CNA  
CPS  
94  
104  
105  
89  
17  
19  
95  
CYCLEIN  
CYCLEOUT  
DGND  
DGND  
DGND  
DGND  
DGND  
DGND  
DGND  
DGND  
DGND  
DGND  
114  
4
128  
6
79  
88  
98  
109  
18  
123  
20  
96  
106  
84  
12  
23  
32  
36  
43  
51  
66  
113  
119  
7
14  
25  
34  
42  
49  
57  
76  
127  
133  
9
74  
26  
28  
75  
85  
PCI_PCLK  
PCI_PERR  
PCI_PME  
PCI_REQ  
PCI_RST  
PCI_SERR  
PCI_STOP  
PCI_TRDY  
PC0  
112  
24  
126  
26  
82  
92  
83  
93  
117  
115  
53  
131  
129  
59  
91  
101  
102  
5
92  
V
V
V
V
V
3
DDP  
DDP  
DDP  
DDP  
25  
27  
16  
18  
22  
24  
30  
32  
DV  
DV  
DV  
DV  
10  
9
20  
22  
46  
52  
DD  
DD  
DD  
DD  
19  
27  
40  
21  
29  
46  
64  
70  
116  
105  
106  
130  
119  
120  
DDP  
XI  
8
10  
8
PC1  
63  
69  
6
PC2  
62  
68  
XO  
26  
The terminals are grouped in tables by functionality, such as PCI system function and power supply function (see  
Table 24 through Table 29). The terminal numbers are also listed for convenient reference.  
Table 24. PCI System Terminals  
TERMINAL  
NAME  
PDT PGE I/O  
DESCRIPTION  
NO.  
NO.  
Global power reset. This reset brings all of the TSB43AB23 internal registers to their default states,  
including those registers not reset by PCI_RST. When G_RST is asserted, the device is completely  
nonfunctional, placing all output buffers in a high impedance state.  
When implementing wake capabilities from the 1394 host controller, it is necessary to implement two  
resets to the TSB43AB23 device. G_RST is designed to be a one-time power-on reset, and PCI_RST  
must be connected to the PCI bus RST. G_RST must be asserted for a minimum of 2 ms.  
G_RST  
110  
124  
I
PCI bus clock. Provides timing for all transactions on the PCI bus. All PCI signals are sampled at the  
rising edge of PCI_CLK.  
PCI_PCLK  
PCI_INTA  
112  
109  
126  
123  
I
Interrupt signal. This output indicates interrupts from the TSB43AB23 device to the host. This terminal  
is implemented as open-drain.  
O
PCI reset. When this bus reset is asserted, the TSB43AB23 device places all output buffers in a  
high-impedancestate and resets all internal registers except device power management context- and  
vendor-specific bits initialized by host power-on software. When PCI_RST is asserted, the device is  
completely nonfunctional. Connect this terminal to PCI bus RST.  
PCI_RST  
53  
59  
I
Table 25. PCI Address and Data Terminals  
TERMINAL  
NAME  
PDT PGE  
I/O  
DESCRIPTION  
NO.  
NO.  
PCI_AD31  
PCI_AD30  
PCI_AD29  
PCI_AD28  
PCI_AD27  
PCI_AD26  
PCI_AD25  
PCI_AD24  
PCI_AD23  
PCI_AD22  
PCI_AD21  
PCI_AD20  
PCI_AD19  
PCI_AD18  
PCI_AD17  
PCI_AD16  
PCI_AD15  
PCI_AD14  
PCI_AD13  
PCI_AD12  
PCI_AD11  
PCI_AD10  
PCI_AD9  
PCI_AD8  
PCI_AD7  
PCI_AD6  
PCI_AD5  
PCI_AD4  
PCI_AD3  
PCI_AD2  
PCI_AD1  
PCI_AD0  
118  
120  
121  
122  
124  
125  
127  
128  
5
6
8
9
10  
11  
13  
14  
29  
31  
33  
34  
35  
37  
38  
39  
42  
44  
45  
47  
48  
49  
50  
52  
132  
134  
135  
136  
138  
139  
141  
142  
7
8
10  
11  
12  
13  
15  
16  
31  
33  
39  
40  
41  
43  
44  
45  
48  
50  
51  
53  
54  
55  
56  
58  
PCI address/data bus. These signals make up the multiplexed PCI address and data bus on the PCI  
interface. During the address phase of a PCI cycle, AD31AD0 contain a 32-bit address or other  
destination information. During the data phase, AD31AD0 contain data.  
I/O  
27  
Table 26. PCI Interface Control Terminals  
TERMINAL  
NAME PDT PGE  
I/O  
DESCRIPTION  
NO.  
NO.  
Clock run. This terminal provides clock control through the CLKRUN protocol. This terminal is  
implementedas open-drain and must be pulled low through a 10-knominal resistor for designs where  
CLKRUN is not implemented. For mobile applications where CLKRUN is implemented, the pullup  
resistor is typically provided by the system central resource.  
PCI_CLKRUN  
108  
122  
I/O  
PCI_C/BE0  
PCI_C/BE1  
PCI_C/BE2  
PCI_C/BE3  
41  
28  
15  
2
47  
30  
17  
4
PCI bus commands and byte enables. The command and byte enable signals are multiplexed on the  
same PCI terminals. During the address phase of a bus cycle, PCI_C/BE3PCI_C/BE0 define the bus  
command. During the data phase, this 4-bit bus is used for byte enables.  
I/O  
PCI device select. The TSB43AB23 device asserts this signal to claim a PCI cycle as the target device.  
As a PCI initiator, the TSB43AB23 device monitors this signal until a target responds. If no target  
responds before time-out occurs, the TSB43AB23 device terminates the cycle with an initiator abort.  
PCI_DEVSEL  
PCI_FRAME  
21  
17  
23  
19  
I/O  
I/O  
PCI cycle frame. This signal is driven by the initiator of a PCI bus cycle. PCI_FRAME is asserted to  
indicate that a bus transaction is beginning, and data transfers continue while this signal is asserted.  
When PCI_FRAME is deasserted, the PCI bus transaction is in the final data phase.  
PCI bus grant. This signal is driven by the PCI bus arbiter to grant the TSB43AB23 device access to  
the PCI bus after the current data transaction has completed. This signal may or may not follow a PCI  
bus request, depending upon the PCI bus parking algorithm.  
PCI_GNT  
PCI_IDSEL  
PCI_IRDY  
114  
4
128  
6
I
I
Initialization device select. PCI_IDSEL selects the TSB43AB23 device during configuration space  
accesses. PCI_IDSEL can be connected to 1 of the upper 21 PCI address lines on the PCI bus.  
PCI initiator ready. PCI_IRDY indicates the ability of the PCI bus initiator to complete the current data  
phase of the transaction. A data phase is completed upon a rising edge of PCI_CLK where both  
PCI_IRDY and PCI_TRDY are asserted.  
18  
20  
I/O  
PCI parity. In all PCI bus read and write cycles, the TSB43AB23 device calculates even parity across  
the PCI_AD and PCI_C/BE buses. As an initiator during PCI cycles, the TSB43AB23 device outputs  
this parity indicator with a one-PCI_CLK delay. As a target during PCI cycles, the calculated parity is  
compared to the initiator parity indicator; a miscompare can result in a parity error assertion  
(PCI_PERR).  
PCI_PAR  
26  
24  
28  
26  
I/O  
I/O  
PCI parity error indicator. This signal is driven by a PCI device to indicate that calculated parity does  
not match PCI_PAR when bit 6 (PERR_ENB) is set to 1 in the command register at offset 04h in the  
PCI configuration space (see Section 3.4, Command Register).  
PCI_PERR  
Power management event. This terminal indicates wake events to the host and is implemented as an  
open-drain output.  
PCI_PME  
PCI_REQ  
117  
115  
131  
129  
O
O
PCI bus request. Asserted by the TSB43AB23 device to request access to the bus as an initiator. The  
host arbiter asserts PCI_GNT when the TSB43AB23 device has been granted access to the bus.  
PCI system error. When bit 8 (SERR_ENB) in the command register at offset 04h in the PCI  
configuration space (see Section 3.4, Command Register) is set to 1, the output is pulsed, indicating  
an address parity error has occurred. The TSB43AB23 device need not be the target of the PCI cycle  
to assert this signal. This terminal is implemented as open-drain.  
PCI_SERR  
25  
27  
O
PCI cycle stop signal. This signal is driven by a PCI target to request the initiator to stop the current PCI  
bus transaction. This signal is used for target disconnects, and is commonly asserted by target devices  
which do not support burst data transfers.  
PCI_STOP  
PCI_TRDY  
22  
20  
24  
22  
I/O  
I/O  
PCI target ready. PCI_TRDY indicates the ability of the PCI bus target to complete the current data  
phase of the transaction. A data phase is completed upon a rising edge of PCI_CLK where both  
PCI_IRDY and PCI_TRDY are asserted.  
28  
Table 27. Miscellaneous Terminals  
TERMINAL  
NAME PDT PGE  
I/O  
DESCRIPTION  
NO.  
NO.  
The CYCLEIN terminal allows an external 8-kHz clock to be used as a cycle timer for synchronization  
with other system devices.  
CYCLEIN  
55  
61  
I/O  
I/O  
If this terminal is not implemented, it must be pulled high to DV  
DD  
through a pullup resistor.  
The CYCLEOUT terminal provides an 8-kHz cycle timer synchronization signal. If CYCLEOUT is not  
implemented, this terminal must be pulled down to ground through a pulldown resistor.  
CYCLEOUT  
54  
60  
Regulator enable. This terminal must be tied to ground to enable the internal voltage regulator. When  
using a single 3.3-V supply, this terminal must be tied to ground to enable the internal voltage regulator.  
REG_EN  
107  
121  
I
Whenusingadual1.8-V/3.3-Vsupplytoprovidepowertothedevice, REG_ENmustbepulledtoDV  
to disable the internal voltage regulator.  
DD  
General-purpose I/O [2]. This terminal defaults as an input and if it is not implemented, it is  
recommended that it be pulled low to ground with a 220-resistor.  
GPIO2/TEST0  
GPIO3/TEST1  
58  
57  
64  
63  
I/O  
I/O  
General-purpose I/O [3]. This terminal defaults as an input and if it is not implemented, it is  
recommended that it be pulled low to ground with a 220-resistor.  
Serial clock. This terminal provides the serial clock signaling and is implemented as open-drain. For  
normal operation (a ROM is implemented in the design), this terminal must be pulled high to the ROM  
SCL  
SDA  
59  
60  
65  
66  
I/O  
I/O  
DV  
with a 2.7-kresistor. Otherwise, it must be pulled low to ground with a 220-resistor.  
DD  
Serial data. At PCI_RST, the SDA signal is sampled to determine if a two-wire serial ROM is present.  
If the serial ROM is detected, this terminal provides the serial data signaling.  
This terminal is implemented as open-drain, and for normal operation (a ROM is implemented in the  
design), this terminal must be pulled high to the ROM DV  
be pulled low to ground with a 220-resistor.  
with a 2.7-kresistor. Otherwise, it must  
DD  
29  
Table 28. Physical Layer Terminals  
TERMINAL  
TYPE  
I/O  
DESCRIPTION  
NAME  
PDT  
NO.  
PGE  
NO.  
Cable not active. This terminal is asserted high when there are no ports receiving incoming  
bias voltage. If not used, this terminal must be strapped either to DV or to GND through  
DD  
a resistor. To enable the CNA terminal, the BIOS must set bit 7 (CNAOUT) of the PCI PHY  
control register at offset ECh in the PCI configuration space (see Section 3.20, PCI PHY  
Control Register). If an EEPROM is implemented and CNA functionality is needed, bit 7 of  
byte offset 16h in the serial EEPROM must be set. This sets the bit in the PCI configuration  
space at power up via the EEPROM.  
CNA  
67  
69  
77  
79  
CMOS  
I/O  
Cable power status input. This terminal is normally connected to cable power through a  
400-kresistor. This circuit drives an internal comparator that detects the presence of cable  
CPS  
CMOS  
CMOS  
I
power. If CPS does not detect cable power, this terminal must be pulled to AV  
.
DD  
PLL filter terminals. These terminals are connected to an external capacitance to form a  
lag-lead filter required for stable operation of the internal frequency multiplier PLL running  
off of the crystal oscillator. A 0.1-µF ±10% capacitor is the only external component required  
to complete this filter.  
FILTER0  
FILTER1  
101  
102  
115  
116  
I/O  
PC0  
PC1  
PC2  
64  
63  
62  
70  
69  
68  
Power class programming inputs. On hardware reset, these inputs set the default value of  
the power class indicated during self-ID. Programming is done by tying these terminals high  
or low.  
CMOS  
Bias  
I
Current-setting resistor terminals. These terminals are connected to an external resistance  
to set the internal operating currents and cable driver output currents. A resistance of  
6.34 kΩ ±1% is required to meet the IEEE Std 1394-1995 output voltage limits.  
R0  
R1  
100  
99  
114  
113  
TPA0+  
TPA0–  
78  
77  
88  
87  
Cable  
Cable  
Cable  
Cable  
Cable  
Cable  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
Twisted-pair cable A differential signal terminals. Board trace lengths from each pair of  
positive and negative differential signal pins must be matched and as short as possible to  
the external load resistors and to the cable connector.  
TPA1+  
TPA1–  
87  
86  
97  
96  
TPA2+  
TPA2–  
95  
94  
105  
104  
TPB0+  
TPB0–  
75  
74  
85  
84  
Twisted-pair cable B differential signal terminals. Board trace lengths from each pair of  
positive and negative differential signal pins must be matched and as short as possible to  
the external load resistors and to the cable connector.  
TPB1+  
TPB1–  
83  
82  
93  
92  
TPB2+  
TPB2–  
92  
91  
102  
101  
Twisted-pair bias output. This provides the 1.86-V nominal bias voltage needed for proper  
operation of the twisted-pair cable drivers and receivers and for signaling to the remote  
nodes that there is an active cable connection. Each of these pins must be decoupled with  
a 1.0-µF capacitor to ground.  
TPBIAS0  
TPBIAS1  
TPBIAS2  
79  
88  
96  
89  
98  
106  
Cable  
I/O  
Crystaloscillatorinputs. Thesepinsconnecttoa24.576-MHzparallelresonantfundamental  
mode crystal. The optimum values for the external shunt capacitors are dependent on the  
specifications of the crystal used (see Section 8.2, Crystal Selection). Terminal 5 has an  
internal 10-k(nominal value) pulldown resistor. An external clock input can be connected  
to the XI terminal. When using an external clock input, the XO terminal must be left  
unconnected. Refer to Section 9.7 for the operating characteristics of the XI terminal.  
XI  
XO  
105  
106  
119  
120  
Crystal  
210  
Table 29. Power Supply Terminals  
TERMINAL  
PDT  
NO.  
PGE  
NO.  
TYPE  
I/O  
DESCRIPTION  
NAME  
AGND  
71, 73, 76, 80, 81, 83, 86, 90,  
84, 89, 97 94, 99, 111  
Analog circuit ground terminals. These terminals must be tied together  
to the low-impedance circuit board ground plane.  
Supply  
Analog circuit power terminals. A parallel combination of high  
frequency decoupling capacitors near each terminal is suggested,  
such as 0.1 µF and 0.001 µF. Lower frequency 10-µF filtering  
capacitors are also recommended. These supply terminals are  
70, 72, 81, 85, 80, 82, 91, 95,  
AV  
DD  
Supply  
90, 93, 98  
100, 103, 112  
separated from PLLV  
and DV  
internal to the device to provide  
DD  
DD  
noise isolation. They must be tied at a low-impedance point on the  
circuit board.  
1, 12, 23, 32,  
36, 43, 51, 66, 42, 49, 57, 76, Supply  
3, 14, 25, 34,  
Digital circuit ground terminals. These terminals must be tied together  
to the low-impedance circuit board ground plane.  
DGND  
113, 119  
127, 133  
Digitalcircuit power terminals. A parallel combination of high frequency  
decoupling capacitors near each DV  
0.1 µF and 0.001 µF. Lower frequency 10-µF filtering capacitors are  
terminal is suggested, such as  
DD  
7, 19, 27, 40,  
56, 65, 111,  
123  
9, 21, 29, 46,  
62, 75, 125,  
137  
DV  
Supply  
DD  
also recommended. These supply terminals are separated from  
PLLV  
andAV internaltothedevicetoprovidenoiseisolation.They  
DD  
DD  
must be tied at a low-impedance point on the circuit board.  
Test control input. This input is used in the manufacturing test of the  
PHY_TEST_MA  
68  
78  
TSB43AB23device.Fornormaluse,theterminalmustbetiedtoDV  
DD  
.
PLL circuit ground terminal. This terminal must be tied to the  
low-impedance circuit board ground plane.  
PLL  
GND  
104  
118  
Supply  
PLL circuit power terminal. A parallel combination of high frequency  
decoupling capacitors near the terminal is suggested, such as 0.1 µF  
and 0.001 µF. Lower frequency 10-µF filtering capacitors are also  
PLLV  
DD  
103  
117  
Supply  
recommended.ThissupplyterminalisseparatedfromDV  
andAV  
DD  
DD  
internal to the device to provide noise isolation. It must be tied to a  
low-impedance point on the circuit board.  
REG18. 1.8-V power supply for the device core. The internal voltage  
regulator provides 1.8 V from DV . When the internal regulator is  
DD  
disabled(REG_ENishigh),theREG18terminalscanbeusedtosupply  
an external 1.8-V supply to the TSB43AB23 core. It is recommended  
that 0.1-µF bypass capacitors be used and placed close to these  
terminals.  
REG18  
61, 126  
67, 140  
Supply  
Supply  
PCI signaling clamp voltage power input. PCI signals are clamped per  
the PCI Local Bus Specification. In addition, if a 5-V ROM is used, the  
3, 16, 30, 46,  
116  
5, 18, 32, 52,  
130  
V
DDP  
V
DDP  
must be connected to 5 V.  
211  
3 TSB43AB23 1394 OHCI Controller Programming Model  
This section describes the internal PCI configuration registers used to program the TSB43AB23 1394 open host  
controller interface. All registers are detailed in the same format: a brief description for each register is followed by  
the register offset and a bit table describing the reset state for each register.  
A bit description table, typically included when the register contains bits of more than one type or purpose, indicates  
bit field names, a detailed field description, and field access tags which appear in the type column. Table 31  
describes the field access tags.  
Table 31. Bit Field Access Tag Descriptions  
ACCESS TAG  
NAME  
Read  
Write  
Set  
MEANING  
Field can be read by software.  
R
W
S
Field can be written by software to any value.  
Field can be set by a write of 1. Writes of 0 have no effect.  
Field can be cleared by a write of 1. Writes of 0 have no effect.  
Field can be autonomously updated by the TSB43AB23 device.  
C
U
Clear  
Update  
Figure 31 shows a simplified block diagram of the TSB43AB23 device.  
31  
Serial  
ROM  
PCI  
Target  
SM  
Internal  
Registers  
OHCI PCI Power  
Mgmt and CLKRUN  
GPIOs  
Isochronous  
Transmit  
Contexts  
Misc  
Interface  
Asynchronous  
Transmit  
Contexts  
Transmit  
FIFO  
Physical DMA  
and Response  
Link  
Transmit  
Resp  
Time-out  
Receive  
Acknowledge  
PCI  
Host  
Bus  
Interface  
PHY  
Register  
Access  
and  
Status  
Monitor  
Central  
Arbiter  
and  
Cycle Start  
Generator and  
Cycle Monitor  
CRC  
PCI  
Initiator  
SM  
Synthesized  
Bus Reset  
Request  
Filters  
Link  
Receive  
General  
Request Receive  
PHY/  
Link  
Interface  
Asynchronous  
Response  
Receive  
Receive  
FIFO  
Isochronous  
Receive  
Contexts  
Received Data  
Cable Port 0  
Cable Port 1  
Cable Port 2  
Decoder/Retimer  
Arbitration  
and Control  
State Machine  
Logic  
Crystal  
Oscillator,  
PLL System,  
and Clock  
Generator  
Bias Voltage  
and  
Current Generator  
Transmit Data  
Encoder  
Figure 31. TSB43AB23 Block Diagram  
32  
3.1 PCI Configuration Registers  
The TSB43AB23 device is a single-function PCI device. The configuration header is compliant with the PCI Local Bus  
Specification as a standard header. Table 32 illustrates the PCI configuration header that includes both the  
predefined portion of the configuration space and the user-definable registers.  
Table 32. PCI Configuration Register Map  
REGISTER NAME  
OFFSET  
00h  
Device ID  
Status  
Vendor ID  
Command  
04h  
Class code  
Header type  
OHCI base address  
Revision ID  
08h  
BIST  
Latency timer  
Cache line size  
0Ch  
10h  
TI extension base address  
Reserved  
14h  
18h2Bh  
2Ch  
Subsystem ID  
Subsystem vendor ID  
Reserved  
30h  
PCI power  
management  
34h  
Reserved  
capabilities pointer  
Reserved  
38h  
3Ch  
Maximum latency Minimum grant  
Interrupt pin  
Interrupt line  
Capability ID  
OHCI control  
40h  
Power management capabilities  
PM data PMCSR_BSE  
Reserved  
Next item pointer  
44h  
Power management control and status  
48h  
4ChEBh  
ECh  
F0h  
PCI PHY control  
Miscellaneous configuration  
Link enhancement control  
F4h  
Subsystem device ID alias  
Subsystem vendor ID alias  
Reserved  
F8h  
GPIO3  
GPIO2  
FCh  
3.2 Vendor ID Register  
The vendor ID register contains a value allocated by the PCI SIG and identifies the manufacturer of the PCI device.  
The vendor ID assigned to Texas Instruments is 104Ch.  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Vendor ID  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Vendor ID  
00h  
Read-only  
104Ch  
Default:  
33  
3.3 Device ID Register  
The device ID register contains a value assigned to the TSB43AB23 device by Texas Instruments. The device  
identification for the TSB43AB23 device is 8024h.  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Device ID  
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Device ID  
02h  
Read-only  
8024h  
Default:  
3.4 Command Register  
The command register provides control over the TSB43AB23 interface to the PCI bus. All bit functions adhere to the  
definitions in the PCI Local Bus Specification, as seen in the following bit descriptions. See Table 33 for a complete  
description of the register contents.  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Command  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Command  
04h  
Read/Write, Read-only  
0000h  
Default:  
Table 33. Command Register Description  
BIT  
1510  
9
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
R
R
Reserved. Bits 1510 return 0s when read.  
FBB_ENB  
Fast back-to-back enable. The TSB43AB23 device does not generate fast back-to-back transactions;  
therefore, bit 9 returns 0 when read.  
8
7
6
5
4
SERR_ENB  
STEP_ENB  
PERR_ENB  
VGA_ENB  
MWI_ENB  
R/W  
R
PCI_SERR enable. When bit 8 is set to 1, the TSB43AB23 PCI_SERR driver is enabled. PCI_SERR  
can be asserted after detecting an address parity error on the PCI bus.  
Address/data stepping control. The TSB43AB23 device does not support address/data stepping;  
therefore, bit 7 is hardwired to 0.  
R/W  
R
Parity error enable. When bit 6 is set to 1, the TSB43AB23 device is enabled to drive PCI_PERR  
response to parity errors through the PCI_PERR signal.  
VGApalettesnoopenable. TheTSB43AB23devicedoesnotfeatureVGApalettesnooping;therefore,  
bit 5 returns 0 when read.  
R/W  
Memory write and invalidate enable. When bit 4 is set to 1, the TSB43AB23 device is enabled to  
generate MWI PCI bus commands. If this bit is cleared, the TSB43AB23 device generates memory  
write commands instead.  
3
2
1
0
SPECIAL  
MASTER_ENB  
MEMORY_ENB  
IO_ENB  
R
Special cycle enable. The TSB43AB23 function does not respond to special cycle transactions;  
therefore, bit 3 returns 0 when read.  
R/W  
R/W  
R
Bus master enable. When bit 2 is set to 1, the TSB43AB23 device is enabled to initiate cycles on the  
PCI bus.  
Memory response enable. Setting bit 1 to 1 enables the TSB43AB23 device to respond to memory  
cycles on the PCI bus. This bit must be set to access OHCI registers.  
I/O space enable. The TSB43AB23 device does not implement any I/O-mapped functionality;  
therefore, bit 0 returns 0 when read.  
34  
3.5 Status Register  
The status register provides status over the TSB43AB23 interface to the PCI bus. All bit functions adhere to the  
definitions in the PCI Local Bus Specification, as seen in the following bit descriptions. See Table 34 for a complete  
description of the register contents.  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Status  
RCU RCU RCU RCU RCU  
R
0
R
1
RCU  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Status  
06h  
Read/Clear/Update, Read-only  
0210h  
Default:  
Table 34. Status Register Description  
BIT  
15  
FIELD NAME  
PAR_ERR  
TYPE  
RCU  
RCU  
DESCRIPTION  
Detected parity error. Bit 15 is set to 1 when either an address parity or data parity error is detected.  
14  
SYS_ERR  
Signaled system error. Bit 14 is set to 1 when PCI_SERR is enabled and the TSB43AB23 device has  
signaled a system error to the host.  
13  
12  
MABORT  
TABORT_REC  
TABORT_SIG  
PCI_SPEED  
RCU  
RCU  
RCU  
R
Received master abort. Bit 13 is set to 1 when a cycle initiated by the TSB43AB23 device on the PCI  
bus has been terminated by a master abort.  
Received target abort. Bit 12 is set to 1 when a cycle initiated by the TSB43AB23 device on the PCI  
bus was terminated by a target abort.  
11  
Signaled target abort. Bit 11 is set to 1 by the TSB43AB23 device when it terminates a transaction on  
the PCI bus with a target abort.  
109  
DEVSEL timing. Bits 10 and 9 encode the timing of PCI_DEVSEL and are hardwired to 01b, indicating  
that the TSB43AB23 device asserts this signal at a medium speed on nonconfiguration cycle  
accesses.  
8
DATAPAR  
RCU  
Data parity error detected. Bit 8 is set to 1 when the following conditions have been met:  
a. PCI_PERR was asserted by any PCI device including the TSB43AB23 device.  
b. The TSB43AB23 device was the bus master during the data parity error.  
c. Bit 6 (PERR_EN) in the command register at offset 04h in the PCI configuration space  
(see Section 3.4, Command Register) is set to 1.  
7
6
FBB_CAP  
UDF  
R
R
R
R
R
Fast back-to-back capable. The TSB43AB23 device cannot accept fast back-to-back transactions;  
therefore, bit 7 is hardwired to 0.  
User-definable features (UDF) supported. The TSB43AB23 device does not support the UDF;  
therefore, bit 6 is hardwired to 0.  
5
66MHZ  
CAPLIST  
RSVD  
66-MHz capable. The TSB43AB23 device operates at a maximum PCI_CLK frequency of 33 MHz;  
therefore, bit 5 is hardwired to 0.  
4
Capabilities list. Bit 4 returns 1 when read, indicating that capabilities additional to standard PCI are  
implemented. The linked list of PCI power-management capabilities is implemented in this function.  
30  
Reserved. Bits 30 return 0s when read.  
35  
3.6 Class Code and Revision ID Register  
The class code and revision ID register categorizes the TSB43AB23 device as a serial bus controller (0Ch),  
controlling an IEEE 1394 bus (00h), with an OHCI programming model (10h). Furthermore, the TI chip revision is  
indicated in the least significant byte. See Table 35 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Class code and revision ID  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Class code and revision ID  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Class code and revision ID  
08h  
Read-only  
0C00 1000h  
Default:  
Table 35. Class Code and Revision ID Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
3124  
BASECLASS  
R
Base class. This field returns 0Ch when read, which broadly classifies the function as a serial bus  
controller.  
2316  
158  
70  
SUBCLASS  
PGMIF  
R
R
R
Subclass. This field returns 00h when read, which specifically classifies the function as controlling an  
IEEE 1394 serial bus.  
Programminginterface. This field returns 10h when read, which indicates that the programming model  
is compliant with the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification.  
CHIPREV  
Silicon revision. This field returns 00h when read, which indicates the silicon revision of the  
TSB43AB23 device.  
3.7 Latency Timer and Class Cache Line Size Register  
The latency timer and class cache line size register is programmed by host BIOS to indicate system cache line size  
and the latency timer associated with theTSB43AB23device. SeeTable 36 for a complete description of the register  
contents.  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Latency timer and class cache line size  
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Latency timer and class cache line size  
0Ch  
Read/Write  
0000h  
Default:  
Table 36. Latency Timer and Class Cache Line Size Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
158  
LATENCY_TIMER  
R/W  
PCI latency timer. The value in this register specifies the latency timer for the TSB43AB23 device, in  
unitsofPCIclockcycles. WhentheTSB43AB23deviceisaPCIbusinitiatorandassertsPCI_FRAME,  
the latency timer begins counting from zero. If the latency timer expires before the TSB43AB23  
transaction has terminated, the TSB43AB23 device terminates the transaction when its PCI_GNT is  
deasserted.  
70  
CACHELINE_SZ  
R/W  
Cache line size. This value is used by the TSB43AB23 device during memory write and invalidate,  
memory-read line, and memory-read multiple transactions.  
36  
3.8 Header Type and BIST Register  
The header type and built-in self-test (BIST) register indicates the TSB43AB23 PCI header type and no built-in  
self-test. See Table 37 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Header type and BIST  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Header type and BIST  
0Eh  
Read-only  
0000h  
Default:  
Table 37. Header Type and BIST Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
158  
BIST  
R
Built-in self-test. The TSB43AB23 device does not include a BIST; therefore, this field returns 00h when  
read.  
70  
HEADER_TYPE  
R
PCI header type. The TSB43AB23 device includes the standard PCI header, which is communicated  
by returning 00h when this field is read.  
3.9 OHCI Base Address Register  
The OHCI base address register is programmed with a base address referencing the memory-mapped OHCI control.  
When BIOS writes all 1s to this register, the value read back is FFFF F800h, indicating that at least 2K bytes of  
memory address space are required for the OHCI registers. See Table 38 for a complete description of the register  
contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
OHCI base address  
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
OHCI base address  
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
OHCI base address  
10h  
Read/Write, Read-only  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
Table 38. OHCI Base Address Register Description  
BIT  
3111  
104  
FIELD NAME  
OHCIREG_PTR  
OHCI_SZ  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
R/W  
R
OHCI register pointer. This field specifies the upper 21 bits of the 32-bit OHCI base address register.  
OHCI register size. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the OHCI registers require a  
2K-byte region of memory.  
3
21  
0
OHCI_PF  
OHCI_MEMTYPE  
OHCI_MEM  
R
R
R
OHCI register prefetch. Bit 3 returns 0 when read, indicating that the OHCI registers are  
nonprefetchable.  
OHCI memory type. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the OHCI base address register  
is 32 bits wide and mapping can be done anywhere in the 32-bit memory space.  
OHCI memory indicator. Bit 0 returns 0 when read, indicating that the OHCI registers are mapped  
into system memory space.  
37  
3.10 TI Extension Base Address Register  
The TI extension base address register is programmed with a base address referencing the memory-mapped TI  
extension registers. When BIOS writes all 1s to this register, the value read back is FFFF C000h, indicating that at  
least 16K bytes of memory address space are required for the TI registers. See Table 39 for a complete description  
of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
TI extension base address  
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
TI extension base address  
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
TI extension base address  
14h  
Read/Write, Read-only  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
Table 39. TI Base Address Register Description  
BIT  
3114  
134  
FIELD NAME  
TIREG_PTR  
TI_SZ  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
R/W  
R
TI register pointer. This field specifies the upper 18 bits of the 32-bit TI base address register.  
TI register size. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the TI registers require a 16K-byte  
region of memory.  
3
TI_PF  
R
R
TI register prefetch. Bit 3 returns 0 when read, indicating that the TI registers are nonprefetchable.  
21  
TI_MEMTYPE  
TI memory type. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the TI base address register is 32 bits  
wide and mapping can be done anywhere in the 32-bit memory space.  
0
TI_MEM  
R
TImemoryindicator.Bit0returns0whenread,indicatingthattheTIregistersaremappedintosystem  
memory space.  
38  
3.11 Subsystem Identification Register  
The subsystem identification register is used for system and option card identification purposes. This register can  
be initialized from the serial EEPROM or programmed via the subsystem access register at offset F8h in the PCI  
configuration space (see Section 3.23, Subsystem Access Register). See Table 310 for a complete description of  
the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Subsystem identification  
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Subsystem identification  
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Subsystem identification  
2Ch  
Read/Update  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
Table 310. Subsystem Identification Register Description  
BIT  
3116  
150  
FIELD NAME  
OHCI_SSID  
OHCI_SSVID  
TYPE  
RU  
DESCRIPTION  
Subsystem device ID. This field indicates the subsystem device ID.  
Subsystem vendor ID. This field indicates the subsystem vendor ID.  
RU  
3.12 Power Management Capabilities Pointer Register  
The power management capabilities pointer register provides a pointer into the PCI configuration header where the  
power-management register block resides. The TSB43AB23 configuration header doublewords at offsets 44h and  
48h provide the power-management registers. This register is read-only and returns 44h when read.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Power management capabilities pointer  
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Power management capabilities pointer  
34h  
Read-only  
44h  
Default:  
39  
3.13 Interrupt Line and Pin Register  
The interrupt line and pin register communicates interrupt line routing information. See Table 311 for a complete  
description of the register contents.  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Interrupt line and pin  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Interrupt line and pin  
3Ch  
Read/Write  
0100h  
Default:  
Table 311. Interrupt Line and Pin Registers Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
158  
INTR_PIN  
R
Interrupt pin. This field returns 01h when read, indicating that the TSB43AB23 PCI function signals  
interrupts on the PCI_INTA terminal.  
70  
INTR_LINE  
R/W  
Interrupt line. This field is programmed by the system and indicates to software which interrupt line the  
TSB43AB23 PCI_INTA is connected to.  
3.14 MIN_GNT and MAX_LAT Register  
TheMIN_GNTandMAX_LATregistercommunicatestothesystemthedesiredsettingofbits158inthelatencytimer  
and class cache line size register at offset 0Ch in the PCI configuration space (see Section 3.7, Latency Timer and  
Class Cache Line Size Register). If a serial EEPROM is detected, the contents of this register are loaded through  
the serial EEPROM interface after a G_RST. If no serial EEPROM is detected, this register returns a default value  
that corresponds to the MAX_LAT = 4, MIN_GNT = 2. See Table 312 for a complete description of the register  
contents.  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
MIN_GNT and MAX_LAT  
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
1
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
1
RU  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
MIN_GNT and MAX_LAT  
3Eh  
Read/Update  
0402h  
Default:  
Table 312. MIN_GNT and MAX_LAT Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
158  
MAX_LAT  
RU  
RU  
Maximum latency. The contents of this field may be used by host BIOS to assign an arbitration priority level  
to the TSB43AB23 device. The default for this register indicates that the TSB43AB23 device may need to  
access the PCI bus as often as every 0.25 µs; thus, an extremely high priority level is requested. The  
contents of this field may also be loaded through the serial EEPROM.  
70  
MIN_GNT  
Minimumgrant. The contents of this field may be used by host BIOS to assign a latency timer register value  
to the TSB43AB23 device. The default for this register indicates that the TSB43AB23 device may need to  
sustain burst transfers for nearly 64 µs and thus request a large value be programmed in bits 158 of the  
TSB43AB23 latency timer and class cache line size register at offset 0Ch in the PCI configuration space  
(see Section 3.7, Latency Timer and Class Cache Line Size Register).  
310  
3.15 OHCI Control Register  
The PCI OHCI control register is defined by the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification and provides a  
bit for big endian PCI support. See Table 313 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
OHCI control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
OHCI control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
OHCI control  
40h  
Read/Write, read-only  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
Table 313. OHCI Control Register Description  
BIT  
311  
0
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
R
DESCRIPTION  
Reserved. Bits 311 return 0s when read.  
GLOBAL_SWAP  
R/W  
When bit 0 is set to 1, all quadlets read from and written to the PCI interface are byte-swapped (big  
endian).  
3.16 Capability ID and Next Item Pointer Registers  
The capability ID and next item pointer register identifies the linked-list capability item and provides a pointer to the  
next capability item. See Table 314 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Capability ID and next item pointer  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Capability ID and next item pointer  
44h  
Read-only  
0001h  
Default:  
Table 314. Capability ID and Next Item Pointer Registers Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
158  
NEXT_ITEM  
R
Next item pointer. The TSB43AB23 device supports only one additional capability that is  
communicated to the system through the extended capabilities list; therefore, this field returns 00h  
when read.  
70  
CAPABILITY_ID  
R
Capabilityidentification. This field returns 01h when read, which is the unique ID assigned by the PCI  
SIG for PCI power-management capability.  
311  
3.17 Power Management Capabilities Register  
ThepowermanagementcapabilitiesregisterindicatesthecapabilitiesoftheTSB43AB23devicerelatedtoPCIpower  
management. See Table 315 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Power management capabilities  
RU  
0
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Power management capabilities  
46h  
Read/Update, Read-only  
7E02h  
Default:  
Table 315. Power Management Capabilities Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
PME_D3COLD  
RU  
PCI_PME support from D3 . This bit can be set to 1 or cleared to 0 via bit 15 (PME_D3COLD) in  
cold  
themiscellaneousconfigurationregisteratoffsetF0hinthePCIconfigurationspace(seeSection3.21,  
MiscellaneousConfigurationRegister). The miscellaneous configuration register is loaded from ROM.  
When this bit is set to 1, it indicates that the TSB43AB23 device is capable of generating a PCI_PME  
wake event from D3  
. This bit state is dependent upon the TSB43AB23 V implementation and  
cold  
AUX  
may be configured by using bit 15 (PME_D3COLD) in the miscellaneous configuration register (see  
Section 3.21).  
1411  
PME_SUPPORT  
D2_SUPPORT  
R
R
PCI_PME support. This 4-bit field indicates the power states from which the TSB43AB23 device may  
assert PCI_PME. This field returns a value of 1111b by default, indicating that PCI_PME may be  
asserted from the D3 , D2, D1, and D0 power states.  
hot  
10  
D2 support. Bit 10 is hardwired to 1, indicating that the TSB43AB23 device supports the D2 power  
state.  
9
D1_SUPPORT  
R
R
D1 support. Bit 9 is hardwired to 1, indicating that the TSB43AB23 device supports the D1 power state.  
86  
AUX_CURRENT  
Auxiliary current. This 3-bit field reports the 3.3-V auxiliary current requirements. When bit 15  
AUX  
(PME_D3COLD) is cleared, this field returns 000b; otherwise, it returns 001b.  
000b = Self-powered  
001b = 55 mA (3.3-V  
AUX  
maximum current required)  
5
DSI  
R
Device-specific initialization. This bit returns 0 when read, indicating that the TSB43AB23 device does  
not require special initialization beyond the standard PCI configuration header before a generic class  
driver is able to use it.  
4
3
RSVD  
R
R
Reserved. Bit 4 returns 0 when read.  
PME_CLK  
PCI_PME clock. This bit returns 0 when read, indicating that no host bus clock is required for the  
TSB43AB23 device to generate PCI_PME.  
20  
PM_VERSION  
R
Power-managementversion. Thisfieldreturns010bwhenread, indicatingthattheTSB43AB23device  
is compatible with the registers described in the PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification  
(Revision 1.1).  
312  
3.18 Power Management Control and Status Register  
The power management control and status register implements the control and status of the PCI power management  
function. This register is not affected by the internally generated reset caused by the transition from the D3 to D0  
hot  
state. See Table 316 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Power management control and status  
RWC  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Power management control and status  
48h  
Read/Clear, Read/Write, Read-only  
0000h  
Default:  
Table 316. Power Management Control and Status Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
PME_STS  
RWC  
Bit 15 is set to 1 when the TSB43AB23 device normally asserts the PCI_PME signal independent of  
the state of bit 8 (PME_ENB). This bit is cleared by a writeback of 1, which also clears the PCI_PME  
signal driven by the TSB43AB23 device. Writing a 0 to this bit has no effect.  
1413  
129  
8
DATA_SCALE  
DATA_SELECT  
PME_ENB  
R
R
This field returns 0s, because the data register is not implemented.  
This field returns 0s, because the data register is not implemented.  
R/W  
When bit 8 is set to 1, PME assertion is enabled. When bit 8 is cleared, PME assertion is disabled. This  
bit defaults to 0 if the function does not support PME generation from D3  
. If the function supports  
cold  
PME from D3 , this bit is sticky and must be explicitly cleared by the operating system each time  
cold  
it is initially loaded.  
72  
10  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 72 return 0s when read.  
PWR_STATE  
R/W  
Power state. This 2-bit field sets the TSB43AB23 device power state and is encoded as follows:  
00 = Current power state is D0.  
01 = Current power state is D1.  
10 = Current power state is D2.  
11 = Current power state is D3.  
3.19 Power Management Extension Registers  
The power management extension register provides extended power-management features not applicable to the  
TSB43AB23 device; thus, it is read-only and returns 0 when read. See Table 317 for a complete description of the  
register contents.  
Bit  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Power management extension  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Power management extension  
4Ah  
Read-only  
0000h  
Default:  
Table 317. Power Management Extension Registers Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
150  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 150 return 0s when read.  
313  
3.20 PCI PHY Control Register  
The PCI PHY control register provides a method for enabling the PHY CNA output. See Table 318 for a complete  
description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
PCI PHY control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
PCI PHY control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
PCI PHY control  
ECh  
Read/Write, read-only  
0000 0008h  
Default:  
Table 318. PCI PHY Control Register  
BIT  
318  
7
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
R
DESCRIPTION  
Reserved. Bits 318 return 0s when read.  
RSVD  
CNAOUT  
R/W  
When bit 7 is set to 1, the PHY CNA output is routed to terminal 96. When implementing a serial  
EEPROM, this bit can be set by programming bit 7 of offset 16h in the EEPROM to 1.  
64  
RSVD  
RSVD  
R
R
Reserved. Bits 64 return 0s when read. These bits are affected when implementing a serial  
EEPROM; thus, bits 64 at EEPROM byte offset 16h must be programmed to 0.  
3
Reserved. Bit 3 defaults to 1 to indicate compliance with IEEE Std 1394a-2000. If a serial  
EEPROM is implemented, bit 3 at EEPROM byte offset 16h must be set to 1. See Table 62,  
Serial EEPROM Map.  
20  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 20 return 0s when read. These bits are affected when implementing a serial  
EEPROM; thus, bits 20 at EEPROM byte offset 16h must be programmed to 0.  
314  
3.21 Miscellaneous Configuration Register  
The miscellaneous configuration register provides miscellaneous PCI-related configuration. See Table 319 for a  
complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Miscellaneous configuration  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Miscellaneous configuration  
R/W  
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Miscellaneous configuration  
F0h  
Read/Write, read-only  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
Table 319. Miscellaneous Configuration Register  
BIT  
3116  
15  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
R
DESCRIPTION  
Reserved. Bits 3116 return 0s when read.  
PCI_PME support from D3 . This bit programs bit 15 (PME_D3COLD) in the power  
RSVD  
PME_D3COLD  
R/W  
cold  
management capabilities register at offset 46h in the PCI configuration space (see Section 3.17,  
Power Management Capabilities Register).  
145  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 145 return 0s when read.  
4
DIS_TGT_ABT  
R/W  
Bit 4 defaults to 0, which provides iOHCI-Lynx compatible target abort signaling. When this bit  
is set to 1, it enables the no-target-abort mode, in which the TSB43AB23 device returns  
indeterminate data instead of signaling target abort.  
The TSB43AB23 LLC is divided into the PCI_CLK and SCLK domains. If software tries to access  
registers in the link that are not active because the SCLK is disabled, a target abort is issued by  
the link. On some systems, this can cause a problem resulting in a fatal system error. Enabling  
this bit allows the link to respond to these types of requests by returning FFh.  
It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.  
3
2
1
0
GP2IIC  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
When bit 3 is set to 1, the GPIO3 and GPIO2 signals are internally routed to the SCL and SDA,  
respectively. The GPIO3 and GPIO2 terminals are also placed in the high-impedance state.  
DISABLE_SCLKGATE  
DISABLE_PCIGATE  
KEEP_PCLK  
When bit 2 is set to 1, the internal SCLK runs identically with the chip input. This is a test feature  
only and must be cleared to 0 (all applications).  
Whenbit1issetto1, theinternalPCIclockrunsidenticallywiththechipinput. Thisisatestfeature  
only and must be cleared to 0 (all applications).  
When bit 0 is set to 1, the PCI clock is always kept running through the PCI_CLKRUN protocol.  
When this bit is cleared, the PCI clock can be stopped using PCI_CLKRUN.  
315  
3.22 Link Enhancement Control Register  
The link enhancement control register implements TI proprietary bits that are initialized by software or by a serial  
EEPROM, if present. After these bits are set to 1, their functionality is enabled only if bit 22 (aPhyEnhanceEnable)  
in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control Register) is  
set to 1. See Table 320 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Link enhancement control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Link enhancement control  
R/W  
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
1
R
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Link enhancement control  
F4h  
Read/Write, read-only  
0000 1000h  
Default:  
Table 320. Link Enhancement Control Register Description  
BIT  
3116  
15  
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
R
DESCRIPTION  
Reserved. Bits 3116 return 0s when read.  
dis_at_pipeline  
RSVD  
R/W  
R
Disable AT pipelining. When bit 15 is set to 1, out-of-order AT pipelining is disabled.  
Reserved.  
14  
1312  
atx_thresh  
R/W  
This field sets the initial AT threshold value, which is used until the AT FIFO is underrun. When the  
TSB43AB23 device retries the packet, it uses a 2K-byte threshold, resulting in a store-and-forward  
operation.  
00 = Threshold ~ 2K bytes resulting in a store-and-forward operation  
01 = Threshold ~ 1.7K bytes (default)  
10 = Threshold ~ 1K bytes  
11 = Threshold ~ 512 bytes  
These bits fine-tune the asynchronous transmit threshold. For most applications the 1.7K-byte  
threshold is optimal. Changing this value may increase or decrease the 1394 latency depending on  
the average PCI bus latency.  
Setting the AT threshold to 1.7K, 1K, or 512 bytes results in data being transmitted at these thresholds  
or when an entire packet has been checked into the FIFO. If the packet to be transmitted is larger than  
the AT threshold, the remaining data must be received before the AT FIFO is emptied; otherwise, an  
underrun condition occurs, resulting in a packet error at the receiving node. As a result, the link then  
commences store-and-forward operation. Wait until it has the complete packet in the FIFO before  
retransmitting it on the second attempt to ensure delivery.  
An AT threshold of 2K results in store-and-forward operation, which means that asynchronous data  
will not be transmitted until an end-of-packet token is received. Restated, setting the AT threshold to  
2K results in only complete packets being transmitted.  
Note that this device always uses store-and-forward when the asynchronous transmit retries register  
at OHCI offset 08h (see Section 4.3, Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register) is cleared.  
11  
10  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bit 11 returns 0 when read.  
enab_mpeg_ts  
R/W  
Enable MPEG CIP timestamp enhancement. When bit 9 is set to 1, the enhancement is enabled for  
MPEG CIP transmit streams (FMT = 20h).  
9
8
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bit 9 returns 0 when read.  
enab_dv_ts  
R/W  
Enable DV CIP timestamp enhancement. When bit 8 is set to 1, the enhancement is enabled for DV  
CIP transmit streams (FMT = 00h).  
7
enab_unfair  
R/W  
Enable asynchronous priority requests. iOHCI-Lynx compatible. Setting bit 7 to 1 enables the link  
to respond to requests with priority arbitration. It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.  
316  
Table 320. Link Enhancement Control Register Description (Continued)  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
6
RSVD  
R
This bit is not assigned in the TSB43AB23 follow-on products, because this bit location loaded by the  
serial EEPROM from the enhancements field corresponds to bit 23 (programPhyEnable) in the host  
controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control Register).  
52  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 52 return 0s when read.  
1
enab_accel  
R/W  
Enable acceleration enhancements. iOHCI-Lynx compatible. When bit 1 is set to 1, the PHY layer  
is notified that the link supports the IEEE Std 1394a-2000 acceleration enhancements, that is,  
ack-accelerated, fly-by concatenation, etc. It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.  
0
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bit 0 returns 0 when read.  
3.23 Subsystem Access Register  
Write access to the subsystem access register updates the subsystem identification registers identically to  
iOHCI-Lynx . The system ID value written to this register may also be read back from this register. See Table 321  
for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Subsystem access  
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Subsystem access  
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Subsystem access  
F8h  
Read/Write  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
Table 321. Subsystem Access Register Description  
BIT  
3116  
150  
FIELD NAME  
SUBDEV_ID  
SUBVEN_ID  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
R/W  
R/W  
Subsystem device ID alias. This field indicates the subsystem device ID.  
Subsystem vendor ID alias. This field indicates the subsystem vendor ID.  
317  
3.24 GPIO Control Register  
The GPIO control register has the control and status bits for the GPIO2 and GPIO3 ports. See Table 322 for a  
complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
GPIO control  
RWU R/W  
R/W  
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
6
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
RWU  
0
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
8
7
5
4
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
GPIO control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
GPIO control  
FCh  
Read/Write/Update, read/write, read-only  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
Table 322. General-Purpose Input/Output Control Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
INT_3EN  
R/W  
When bit 31 is set to 1, a TSB43AB23 general-purpose interrupt event occurs on a level change of the  
GPIO3 input. This event can generate an interrupt, with mask and event status reported through the  
interrupt mask register at OHCI offset 88h/8Ch (see Section 4.22, Interrupt Mask Register) and  
interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register).  
30  
29  
28  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bit 30 returns 0 when read.  
GPIO_INV3  
GPIO_ENB3  
R/W  
R/W  
GPIO3 polarity invert. When bit 29 is set to 1, the polarity of GPIO3 is inverted.  
GPIO3 enable control. When bit 28 is set to 1, the output is enabled. Otherwise, the output is high  
impedance.  
2725  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 2725 return 0s when read.  
24  
GPIO_DATA3  
RWU  
GPIO3 data. Reads from bit 24 return the logical value of the input to GPIO3. Writes to this bit update  
the value to drive to GPIO3 when output is enabled.  
23  
INT_2EN  
R/W  
When bit 23 is set to 1, a TSB43AB23 general-purpose interrupt event occurs on a level change of the  
GPIO2 input. This event can generate an interrupt, with mask and event status reported through the  
interrupt mask register at OHCI offset 88h/8Ch (see Section 4.22, Interrupt Mask Register) and  
interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register).  
22  
21  
20  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bit 22 returns 0 when read.  
GPIO_INV2  
GPIO_ENB2  
R/W  
R/W  
GPIO2 polarity invert. When bit 21 is set to 1, the polarity of GPIO2 is inverted.  
GPIO2 enable control. When bit 20 is set to 1, the output is enabled. Otherwise, the output is high  
impedance.  
1917  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 1917 return 0s when read.  
16  
GPIO_DATA2  
RWU  
GPIO2 data. Reads from bit 16 return the logical value of the input to GPIO2. Writes to this bit update  
the value to drive to GPIO2 when the output is enabled.  
150  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 150 return 0s when read.  
318  
4 OHCI Registers  
The OHCI registers defined by the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification are memory-mapped into a  
2K-byte region of memory pointed to by the OHCI base address register at offset 10h in PCI configuration space (see  
Section 3.9, OHCI Base Address Register). These registers are the primary interface for controlling the TSB43AB23  
IEEE 1394 link function.  
This section provides the register interface and bit descriptions. Several set/clear register pairs in this programming  
model are implemented to solve various issues with typical read-modify-write control registers. There are two  
addresses for a set/clear register: RegisterSet and RegisterClear. See Table 41 for a register listing. A 1 bit written  
to RegisterSet causes the corresponding bit in the set/clear register to be set to 1; a 0 bit leaves the corresponding  
bit unaffected. A 1 bit written to RegisterClear causes the corresponding bit in the set/clear register to be cleared;  
a 0 bit leaves the corresponding bit in the set/clear register unaffected.  
Typically, a read from either RegisterSet or RegisterClear returns the contents of the set or clear register, respectively.  
However, sometimes reading the RegisterClear provides a masked version of the set or clear register. The interrupt  
event register is an example of this behavior.  
Table 41. OHCI Register Map  
DMA CONTEXT  
REGISTER NAME  
OHCI version  
ABBREVIATION  
Version  
OFFSET  
00h  
GUID ROM  
GUID_ROM  
ATRetries  
04h  
Asynchronous transmit retries  
CSR data  
08h  
CSRData  
0Ch  
CSR compare  
CSRCompareData  
CSRControl  
ConfigROMhdr  
BusID  
10h  
CSR control  
14h  
Configuration ROM header  
Bus identification  
Bus options  
18h  
1Ch  
BusOptions  
GUIDHi  
20h  
GUID high  
24h  
GUID low  
GUIDLo  
28h  
Reserved  
2Ch30h  
34h  
Configuration ROM mapping  
Posted write address low  
Posted write address high  
Vendor ID  
ConfigROMmap  
PostedWriteAddressLo  
PostedWriteAddressHi  
VendorID  
38h  
3Ch  
40h  
Reserved  
44h4Ch  
50h  
HCControlSet  
HCControlClr  
Host controller control  
Reserved  
54h  
58h5Ch  
41  
Table 41. OHCI Register Map (Continued)  
DMA CONTEXT  
REGISTER NAME  
ABBREVIATION  
OFFSET  
60h  
Self-ID  
Reserved  
Self-ID buffer pointer  
Self-ID count  
SelfIDBuffer  
64h  
SelfIDCount  
68h  
Reserved  
6Ch  
IRChannelMaskHiSet  
IRChannelMaskHiClear  
IRChannelMaskLoSet  
IRChannelMaskLoClear  
IntEventSet  
70h  
Isochronous receive channel mask high  
Isochronous receive channel mask low  
Interrupt event  
74h  
78h  
7Ch  
80h  
IntEventClear  
84h  
IntMaskSet  
88h  
Interrupt mask  
IntMaskClear  
8Ch  
IsoXmitIntEventSet  
IsoXmitIntEventClear  
IsoXmitIntMaskSet  
IsoXmitIntMaskClear  
IsoRecvIntEventSet  
IsoRecvIntEventClear  
IsoRecvIntMaskSet  
IsoRecvIntMaskClear  
InitialBandwidthAvailable  
InitialChannelsAvailableHi  
InitialChannelsAvailableLo  
90h  
Isochronous transmit interrupt event  
Isochronous transmit interrupt mask  
Isochronous receive interrupt event  
Isochronous receive interrupt mask  
94h  
98h  
9Ch  
A0h  
A4h  
A8h  
ACh  
B0h  
Initial bandwidth available  
Initial channels available high  
Initial channels available low  
Reserved  
B4h  
B8h  
BChD8h  
DCh  
E0h  
Fairness control  
FairnessControl  
LinkControlSet  
Link control  
LinkControlClear  
NodeID  
E4h  
Node identification  
PHY layer control  
Isochronous cycle timer  
Reserved  
E8h  
PhyControl  
ECh  
F0h  
Isocyctimer  
F4hFCh  
100h  
104h  
108h  
10Ch  
110h  
114h  
118h  
11Ch  
120h  
124h17Ch  
AsyncRequestFilterHiSet  
AsyncRequestFilterHiClear  
AsyncRequestFilterLoSet  
AsyncRequestFilterLoClear  
PhysicalRequestFilterHiSet  
PhysicalRequestFilterHiClear  
PhysicalRequestFilterLoSet  
PhysicalRequestFilterLoClear  
PhysicalUpperBound  
Asynchronous request filter high  
Asynchronous request filter low  
Physical request filter high  
Physical request filter low  
Physical upper bound  
Reserved  
42  
Table 41. OHCI Register Map (Continued)  
DMA CONTEXT  
REGISTER NAME  
ABBREVIATION  
OFFSET  
180h  
ContextControlSet  
Asynchronous context control  
ContextControlClear  
184h  
Asynchronous  
Request Transmit  
[ ATRQ ]  
Reserved  
188h  
Asynchronous context command pointer  
Reserved  
CommandPtr  
18Ch  
190h19Ch  
1A0h  
ContextControlSet  
Asynchronous context control  
ContextControlClear  
1A4h  
Asynchronous  
Response Transmit  
[ ATRS ]  
Reserved  
1A8h  
Asynchronous context command pointer  
Reserved  
CommandPtr  
1ACh  
1B0h1BCh  
1C0h  
ContextControlSet  
Asynchronous context control  
ContextControlClear  
1C4h  
Asynchronous  
Request Receive  
[ ARRQ ]  
Reserved  
1C8h  
Asynchronous context command pointer  
Reserved  
CommandPtr  
1CCh  
1D0h1DCh  
1E0h  
ContextControlSet  
Asynchronous context control  
ContextControlClear  
1E4h  
Asynchronous  
Response Receive  
[ ARRS ]  
Reserved  
1E8h  
Asynchronous context command pointer  
Reserved  
CommandPtr  
1ECh  
1F0h1FCh  
200h + 16*n  
204h + 16*n  
208h + 16*n  
ContextControlSet  
ContextControlClear  
Isochronous transmit context control  
Reserved  
Isochronous  
Transmit Context n  
n = 0, 1, 2, 3, , 7  
Isochronous transmit context command  
pointer  
CommandPtr  
20Ch + 16*n  
Reserved  
210h3FCh  
400h + 32*n  
404h + 32*n  
408h + 32*n  
ContextControlSet  
ContextControlClear  
Isochronous receive context control  
Reserved  
Isochronous  
Receive Context n  
n = 0, 1, 2, 3  
Isochronous receive context command  
pointer  
CommandPtr  
ContextMatch  
40Ch + 32*n  
410h + 32*n  
Isochronous receive context match  
43  
4.1 OHCI Version Register  
The OHCI version register indicates the OHCI version support and whether or not the serial EEPROM is present. See  
Table 42 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
OHCI version  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
X
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
1
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
OHCI version  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
OHCI version  
00h  
Read-only  
0X01 0010h  
Default:  
Table 42. OHCI Version Register Description  
BIT  
3125  
24  
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
R
R
Reserved. Bits 3125 return 0s when read.  
GUID_ROM  
The TSB43AB23 device sets bit 24 to 1 if the serial EEPROM is detected. If the serial EEPROM is  
present, the Bus_Info_Block is automatically loaded on system (hardware) reset.  
2316  
version  
R
Major version of the OHCI. The TSB43AB23 device is compliant with the 1394 Open Host Controller  
Interface Specification (Revision 1.1); thus, this field reads 01h.  
158  
70  
RSVD  
R
R
Reserved. Bits 158 return 0s when read.  
revision  
Minor version of the OHCI. The TSB43AB23 device is compliant with the 1394 Open Host Controller  
Interface Specification (Revision 1.1); thus, this field reads 10h.  
44  
4.2 GUID ROM Register  
The GUID ROM register accesses the serial EEPROM, and is only applicable if bit 24 (GUID_ROM) in the OHCI  
version register at OHCI offset 00h (see Section 4.1, OHCI Version Register) is set to 1. See Table 43 for a complete  
description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
GUID ROM  
RSU  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSU  
R
0
8
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
GUID ROM  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
GUID ROM  
04h  
Read/Set/Update, read/update, read-only  
00XX 0000h  
Default:  
Table 43. GUID ROM Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
addrReset  
RSU  
Softwaresetsbit31to1toresettheGUIDROMaddressto0. WhentheTSB43AB23devicecompletes  
the reset, it clears this bit. The TSB43AB23 device does not automatically fill bits 2316 (rdData field)  
th  
with the 0 byte.  
3026  
RSVD  
rdStart  
R
Reserved. Bits 3026 return 0s when read.  
25  
RSU  
A read of the currently addressed byte is started when bit 25 is set to 1. This bit is automatically cleared  
when the TSB43AB23 device completes the read of the currently addressed GUID ROM byte.  
24  
RSVD  
rdData  
R
RU  
R
Reserved. Bit 24 returns 0 when read.  
2316  
158  
70  
This field contains the data read from the GUID ROM.  
Reserved. Bits 158 return 0s when read.  
RSVD  
miniROM  
R
The miniROM field defaults to 0 indicating that no mini-ROM is implemented. If bit 5 of EEPROM offset  
6h is set to 1, this field returns 20h indicating that valid mini-ROM data begins at offset 20h of the GUID  
ROM.  
45  
4.3 Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register  
The asynchronous transmit retries register indicates the number of times the TSB43AB23 device attempts a retry  
for asynchronous DMA request transmit and for asynchronous physical and DMA response transmit. See Table 44  
for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Asynchronous transmit retries  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Asynchronous transmit retries  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Asynchronous transmit retries  
08h  
Read/Write, read-only  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
Table 44. Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
3129  
secondLimit  
R
The second limit field returns 0s when read, because outbound dual-phase retry is not  
implemented.  
2816  
1512  
118  
cycleLimit  
RSVD  
R
R
The cycle limit field returns 0s when read, because outbound dual-phase retry is not implemented.  
Reserved. Bits 1512 return 0s when read.  
maxPhysRespRetries  
R/W  
This field tells the physical response unit how many times to attempt to retry the transmit operation  
for the response packet when a busy acknowledge or ack_data_error is received from the target  
node.  
74  
30  
maxATRespRetries  
maxATReqRetries  
R/W  
R/W  
This field tells the asynchronous transmit response unit how many times to attempt to retry the  
transmit operation for the response packet when a busy acknowledge or ack_data_error is  
received from the target node.  
This field tells the asynchronous transmit DMA request unit how many times to attempt to retry the  
transmit operation for the response packet when a busy acknowledge or ack_data_error is  
received from the target node.  
4.4 CSR Data Register  
The CSR data register accesses the bus management CSR registers from the host through compare-swap  
operations. This register contains the data to be stored in a CSR if the compare is successful.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
CSR data  
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
9
R
X
8
R
X
7
R
X
6
R
X
5
R
X
4
R
X
3
R
X
2
R
X
1
R
X
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
CSR data  
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
CSR data  
0Ch  
Read-only  
XXXX XXXXh  
Default:  
46  
4.5 CSR Compare Register  
The CSR compare register accesses the bus management CSR registers from the host through compare-swap  
operations. This register contains the data to be compared with the existing value of the CSR resource.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
CSR compare  
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
9
R
X
8
R
X
7
R
X
6
R
X
5
R
X
4
R
X
3
R
X
2
R
X
1
R
X
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
CSR compare  
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
CSR compare  
10h  
Read-only  
XXXX XXXXh  
Default:  
4.6 CSR Control Register  
The CSR control register accesses the bus management CSR registers from the host through compare-swap  
operations. This register controls the compare-swap operation and selects the CSR resource. See Table 45 for a  
complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
CSR control  
RU  
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
CSR control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
CSR control  
14h  
Read/Write, Read/Update, Read-only  
8000 000Xh  
Default:  
Table 45. CSR Control Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
csrDone  
RU  
Bit 31 is set to 1 by the TSB43AB23 device when a compare-swap operation is complete. It is cleared  
whenever this register is written.  
302  
10  
RSVD  
csrSel  
R
Reserved. Bits 302 return 0s when read.  
R/W  
This field selects the CSR resource as follows:  
00 = BUS_MANAGER_ID  
01 = BANDWIDTH_AVAILABLE  
10 = CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_HI  
11 = CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_LO  
47  
4.7 Configuration ROM Header Register  
The configuration ROM header register externally maps to the first quadlet of the 1394 configuration ROM, offset  
FFFF F000 0400h. See Table 46 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Configuration ROM header  
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Configuration ROM header  
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Configuration ROM header  
18h  
Read/Write  
Default:  
0000 XXXXh  
Table 46. Configuration ROM Header Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
3124  
info_length  
R/W  
IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller control  
register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control Register) is set to 1.  
2316  
150  
crc_length  
R/W  
R/W  
IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller control  
register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control Register) is set to 1.  
rom_crc_value  
IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid at any time bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller  
control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control Register) is set to  
1. The reset value is undefined if no serial EEPROM is present. If a serial EEPROM is present, this  
field is loaded from the serial EEPROM.  
4.8 Bus Identification Register  
The bus identification register externally maps to the first quadlet in the Bus_Info_Block and contains the constant  
3133 3934h, which is the ASCII value of 1394.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Bus identification  
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
1
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
1
5
R
1
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
1
1
R
1
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bus identification  
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Bus identification  
1Ch  
Read-only  
Default:  
3133 3934h  
48  
4.9 Bus Options Register  
The bus options register externally maps to the second quadlet of the Bus_Info_Block. See Table 47 for a complete  
description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Bus options  
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bus options  
R/W  
1
R/W  
0
R/W  
1
R/W  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Bus options  
20h  
Read/Write, read-only  
X0XX A0X2h  
Default:  
Table 47. Bus Options Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
irmc  
R/W  
Isochronousresource-manager capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17  
(linkEnable) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host  
Controller Control Register) is set to 1.  
30  
29  
28  
27  
cmc  
isc  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Cycle master capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in the  
host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control  
Register) is set to 1.  
Isochronous support capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17  
(linkEnable) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host  
Controller Control Register) is set to 1.  
bmc  
pmc  
Bus manager capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in  
the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control  
Register) is set to 1.  
Power-managementcapable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. When bit 27 is set to 1, this indicates  
that the node is power-management capable. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host  
controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control Register)  
is set to 1.  
2624  
2316  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 2624 return 0s when read.  
cyc_clk_acc  
R/W  
Cycle master clock accuracy, in parts per million. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid  
whenbit17(linkEnable)inthehostcontrollercontrolregisteratOHCIoffset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16,  
Host Controller Control Register) is set to 1.  
1512  
max_rec  
R/W  
Maximum request. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Hardware initializes this field to indicate the  
maximum number of bytes in a block request packet that is supported by the implementation. This  
value, max_rec_bytes, must be 512 or greater, and is calculated by 2^(max_rec + 1). Software may  
change this field; however, this field must be valid at any time bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller  
control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control Register) is set to  
1. A received block write request packet with a length greater than max_rec_bytes may generate an  
ack_type_error. This field is not affected by a software reset, and defaults to value indicating  
2048 bytes on a system (hardware) reset.  
118  
76  
RSVD  
g
R
Reserved. Bits 118 return 0s when read.  
R/W  
Generation counter. This field is incremented if any portion of the configuration ROM has been  
incremented since the prior bus reset.  
53  
20  
RSVD  
R
R
Reserved. Bits 53 return 0s when read.  
Lnk_spd  
Link speed. This field returns 010, indicating that the link speeds of 100M bits/s, 200M bits/s, and  
400M bits/s are supported.  
49  
4.10 GUID High Register  
The GUID high register represents the upper quadlet in a 64-bit global unique ID (GUID) which maps to the third  
quadlet in the Bus_Info_Block. This register contains node_vendor_ID and chip_ID_hi fields. This register initializes  
to 0s on a system (hardware) reset, which is an illegal GUID value. If a serial EEPROM is detected, the contents of  
this register are loaded through the serial EEPROM interface after a G_RST. At that point, the contents of this register  
cannot be changed. If no serial EEPROM is detected, the contents of this register are loaded by the BIOS after a  
PCI_RST. At that point, the contents of this register cannot be changed.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
GUID high  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
GUID high  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
GUID high  
24h  
Read-only  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
4.11 GUID Low Register  
The GUID low register represents the lower quadlet in a 64-bit global unique ID (GUID) which maps to chip_ID_lo  
in the Bus_Info_Block. This register initializes to 0s on a system (hardware) reset and behaves identical to the GUID  
high register at OHCI offset 24h (see Section 4.10, GUID High Register).  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
GUID low  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
GUID low  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
GUID low  
28h  
Read-only  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
410  
4.12 Configuration ROM Mapping Register  
The configuration ROM mapping register contains the start address within system memory that maps to the start  
address of 1394 configuration ROM for this node. See Table 48 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Configuration ROM mapping  
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Configuration ROM mapping  
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Configuration ROM mapping  
34h  
Read/Write  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
Table 48. Configuration ROM Mapping Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
3110  
configROMaddr  
R/W  
If a quadlet read request to 1394 offset FFFF F000 0400h through offset FFFF F000 07FFh is  
received, the low-order 10 bits of the offset are added to this register to determine the host memory  
address of the read request.  
90  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 90 return 0s when read.  
4.13 Posted Write Address Low Register  
The posted write address low register communicates error information if a write request is posted and an error occurs  
while the posted data packet is being written. See Table 49 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Posted write address low  
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Posted write address low  
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Posted write address low  
38h  
Read/Update  
XXXX XXXXh  
Default:  
Table 49. Posted Write Address Low Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
The lower 32 bits of the 1394 destination offset of the write request that failed.  
310  
offsetLo  
RU  
411  
4.14 Posted Write Address High Register  
Thepostedwriteaddresshighregistercommunicateserrorinformationifawriterequestispostedandanerroroccurs  
while writing the posted data packet. See Table 410 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Posted write address high  
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Posted write address high  
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Posted write address high  
3Ch  
Read/Update  
Default:  
XXXX XXXXh  
Table 410. Posted Write Address High Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
3116  
sourceID  
RU  
This field is the 10-bit bus number (bits 3122) and 6-bit node number (bits 2116) of the node that  
issued the write request that failed.  
150  
offsetHi  
RU  
The upper 16 bits of the 1394 destination offset of the write request that failed.  
4.15 Vendor ID Register  
The vendor ID register holds the company ID of an organization that specifies any vendor-unique registers. The  
TSB43AB23 device implements Texas Instruments unique behavior with regards to OHCI. Thus, this register is  
read-only and returns 0108 0028h when read.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Vendor ID  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
1
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
1
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Vendor ID  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Vendor ID  
40h  
Read-only  
0108 0028h  
Default:  
412  
4.16 Host Controller Control Register  
Thehostcontrollercontrolset/clearregisterpairprovidesflagsforcontrollingtheTSB43AB23device. SeeTable 411  
for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Host controller control  
RSU  
0
RSC  
X
RSC  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
1
7
RSC  
R
0
5
R
0
4
RSC  
RSC  
X
RSC RSCU  
0
0
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
6
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Host controller control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Host controller control  
50h  
54h  
set register  
clear register  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear/Update, read/set/clear, read/clear, read-only  
X08X 0000h  
Table 411. Host Controller Control Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
BIBimage Valid  
RSU  
Whenbit31issetto1, theTSB43AB23physicalresponseunitisenabledtorespondtoblockread  
requests to host configuration ROM and to the mechanism for atomically updating configuration  
ROM. Software creates a valid image of the bus_info_block in host configuration ROM before  
setting this bit.  
When this bit is cleared, the TSB43AB23 device returns ack_type_error on block read requests  
to host configuration ROM. Also, when this bit is cleared and a 1394 bus reset occurs, the  
configuration ROM mapping register at OHCI offset 34h (see Section 4.12, Configuration ROM  
Mapping Register), configuration ROM header register at OHCI offset 18h (see Section 4.7,  
Configuration ROM Header Register), and bus options register at OHCI offset 20h (see  
Section 4.9, Bus Options Register) are not updated.  
Software can set this bit only when bit 17 (linkEnable) is 0. Once bit 31 is set to 1, it can be cleared  
by a system (hardware) reset, a software reset, or if a fetch error occurs when the TSB43AB23  
device loads bus_info_block registers from host memory.  
30  
29  
noByteSwapData  
AckTardyEnable  
RSC  
RSC  
Bit 30 controls whether physical accesses to locations outside the TSB43AB23 device itself, as  
well as any other DMA data accesses are byte swapped.  
Bit 29 controls the acknowledgement of ack_tardy. When bit 29 is set to 1, ack_tardy may be  
returned as an acknowledgment to accesses from the 1394 bus to the TSB43AB23 device,  
including accesses to the bus_info_block. The TSB43AB23 device returns ack_tardy to all other  
asynchronouspackets addressed to the TSB43AB23 node. When the TSB43AB23 device sends  
ack_tardy, bit 27 (ack_tardy) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, InterruptEventRegister) is set to 1 to indicate the attempted asynchronous access.  
Softwareensuresthatbit27(ack_tardy)intheinterrupteventregisteris0.Softwarealsounmasks  
wake-up interrupt events such as bit 19 (phy) and bit 27 (ack_tardy) in the interrupt event register  
before placing the TSB43AB23 device into the D1 power mode.  
Software must not set this bit if the TSB43AB23 node is the 1394 bus manager.  
2824  
RSVD  
R
R
Reserved. Bits 2824 return 0s when read.  
23  
programPhyEnable  
Bit23informsupper-levelsoftwarethatlower-levelsoftwarehasconsistentlyconfiguredtheIEEE  
1394a-2000 enhancements in the link and PHY layers. When this bit is 1, generic software such  
as the OHCI driver is responsible for configuring IEEE 1394a-2000 enhancements in the PHY  
layer and bit 22 (aPhyEnhanceEnable). When this bit is 0, the generic software may not modify  
the IEEE 1394a-2000 enhancements in the PHY layer and cannot interpret the setting of bit 22  
(aPhyEnhanceEnable). This bit is initialized from serial EEPROM. This bit defaults to 1.  
413  
Table 411. Host Controller Control Register Description (Continued)  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
22  
aPhyEnhanceEnable  
RSC  
When bits 23 (programPhyEnable) and 17 (linkEnable) are 1, the OHCI driver can set bit 22 to  
1 to use all IEEE 1394a-2000 enhancements. When bit 23 (programPhyEnable) is cleared to 0,  
the software does not change PHY enhancements or this bit.  
2120  
RSVD  
LPS  
R
Reserved. Bits 21 and 20 return 0s when read.  
19  
RSC  
Bit 19 controls the link power status. Software must set this bit to 1 to permit the link-PHY  
communication. A 0 prevents link-PHY communication.  
The OHCI-link is divided into two clock domains (PCI_CLK and PHY_SCLK). If software tries to  
access any register in the PHY_SCLK domain while the PHY_SCLK is disabled, a target abort  
is issued by the link. This problem can be avoided by setting bit 4 (DIS_TGT_ABT) to 1 in the  
miscellaneous configuration register at offset F0h in the PCI configuration space (see  
Section 3.21, Miscellaneous Configuration Register). This allows the link to respond to these  
types of request by returning all Fs (hex).  
OHCI registers at offsets DChF0h and 100h11Ch are in the PHY_SCLK domain.  
After setting LPS, software must wait approximately 10 ms before attempting to access any of  
the OHCI registers. This gives the PHY_SCLK time to stabilize.  
18  
17  
postedWriteEnable  
linkEnable  
RSC  
RSC  
Bit 18 enables (1) or disables (0) posted writes. Software changes this bit only when bit 17  
(linkEnable) is 0.  
Bit 17 is cleared to 0 by either a system (hardware) or software reset. Software must set this bit  
to 1 when the system is ready to begin operation and then force a bus reset. This bit is necessary  
to keep other nodes from sending transactions before the local system is ready. When this bit is  
cleared, the TSB43AB23 device is logically and immediately disconnected from the 1394 bus, no  
packets are received or processed, nor are packets transmitted.  
16  
SoftReset  
RSVD  
RSCU When bit 16 is set to 1, all TSB43AB23 states are reset, all FIFOs are flushed, and all OHCI  
registers are set to their system (hardware) reset values, unless otherwise specified. PCI  
registersarenotaffectedbythisbit. Thisbitremainssetto1whilethesoftwareresetisinprogress  
and reverts back to 0 when the reset has completed.  
150  
R
Reserved. Bits 150 return 0s when read.  
4.17 Self-ID Buffer Pointer Register  
The self-ID buffer pointer register points to the 2K-byte aligned base address of the buffer in host memory where the  
self-ID packets are stored during bus initialization. Bits 3111 are read/write accessible. Bits 100 are reserved, and  
return 0s when read.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Self-ID buffer pointer  
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Self-ID buffer pointer  
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Self-ID buffer pointer  
64h  
Read/Write, read-only  
XXXX XX00h  
Default:  
414  
4.18 Self-ID Count Register  
The self-ID count register keeps a count of the number of times the bus self-ID process has occurred, flags self-ID  
packet errors, and keeps a count of the self-ID data in the self-ID buffer. See Table 412 for a complete description  
of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Self-ID count  
RU  
X
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Self-ID count  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Self-ID count  
68h  
Read/Update, read-only  
X0XX 0000h  
Default:  
Table 412. Self-ID Count Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
selfIDError  
RU  
When bit 31 is set to 1, an error was detected during the most recent self-ID packet reception. The  
contents of the self-ID buffer are undefined. This bit is cleared after a self-ID reception in which no  
errors are detected. Note that an error can be a hardware error or a host bus write error.  
3024  
2316  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 3024 return 0s when read.  
selfIDGeneration  
RU  
The value in this field increments each time a bus reset is detected. This field rolls over to 0 after  
reaching 255.  
1511  
102  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 1511 return 0s when read.  
selfIDSize  
RU  
This fieldindicates the number of quadlets that havebeen writtenintothe self-ID buffer forthe current  
bits 2316 (selfIDGeneration field). This includes the header quadlet and the self-ID data. This field  
is cleared to 0s when the self-ID reception begins.  
10  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 1 and 0 return 0s when read.  
415  
4.19 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register  
The isochronous receive channel mask high set/clear register enables packet receives from the upper 32  
isochronous data channels. A read from either the set register or clear register returns the content of the isochronous  
receive channel mask high register. See Table 413 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Isochronous receive channel mask high  
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous receive channel mask high  
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Isochronous receive channel mask high  
70h  
74h  
set register  
clear register  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear  
XXXX XXXXh  
Table 413. Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register Description  
BIT  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
FIELD NAME  
isoChannel63  
isoChannel62  
isoChannel61  
isoChannel60  
isoChannel59  
isoChannel58  
isoChannel57  
isoChannel56  
isoChannel55  
isoChannel54  
isoChannel53  
isoChannel52  
isoChannel51  
isoChannel50  
isoChannel49  
isoChannel48  
isoChannel47  
isoChannel46  
isoChannel45  
isoChannel44  
isoChannel43  
isoChannel42  
isoChannel41  
isoChannel40  
isoChannel39  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
RSC Whenbit 31 issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber63.  
RSC Whenbit30issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber62.  
RSC Whenbit29issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber61.  
RSC Whenbit28issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber60.  
RSC Whenbit27issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber59.  
RSC Whenbit26issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber58.  
RSC Whenbit25issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber57.  
RSC Whenbit24issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber56.  
RSC Whenbit23issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber55.  
RSC Whenbit22issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber54.  
RSC Whenbit21issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber53.  
RSC Whenbit20issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber52.  
RSC Whenbit19issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber51.  
RSC Whenbit18issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber50.  
RSC Whenbit17issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber49.  
RSC Whenbit16issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber48.  
RSC Whenbit15issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber47.  
RSC Whenbit14issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber46.  
RSC Whenbit13issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber45.  
RSC Whenbit12issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber44.  
RSC When bit 11 is set to 1, the TSB43AB23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 43.  
RSC Whenbit10issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber42.  
RSC When bit 9 is set to 1, the TSB43AB23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 41.  
RSC When bit 8 is set to 1, the TSB43AB23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 40.  
RSC When bit 7 is set to 1, the TSB43AB23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 39.  
8
7
416  
Table 413. Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register Description (Continued)  
BIT  
6
FIELD NAME  
isoChannel38  
isoChannel37  
isoChannel36  
isoChannel35  
isoChannel34  
isoChannel33  
isoChannel32  
TYPE  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
DESCRIPTION  
Whenbit6issetto1,theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber38.  
Whenbit5issetto1,theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber37.  
Whenbit4issetto1,theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber36.  
Whenbit3issetto1,theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber35.  
Whenbit2issetto1,theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber34.  
Whenbit1issetto1,theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber33.  
Whenbit0issetto1,theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber32.  
5
4
3
2
1
0
4.20 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register  
The isochronous receive channel mask low set/clear register enables packet receives from the lower 32 isochronous  
data channels. See Table 414 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Isochronous receive channel mask low  
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous receive channel mask low  
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Isochronous receive channel mask low  
78h  
7Ch  
set register  
clear register  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear  
XXXX XXXXh  
Table 414. Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register Description  
BIT  
31  
FIELD NAME  
isoChannel31  
isoChannel30  
isoChanneln  
isoChannel1  
isoChannel0  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
RSC Whenbit 31 issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber31.  
RSC Whenbit30issetto1, theTSB43AB23deviceisenabledtoreceivefromisochronouschannelnumber30.  
RSC Bits 29 through 2 (isoChanneln, where n = 29, 28, 27, , 2) follow the same pattern as bits 31 and 30.  
RSC When bit 1 is set to 1, the TSB43AB23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 1.  
RSC When bit 0 is set to 1, the TSB43AB23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 0.  
30  
292  
1
0
417  
4.21 Interrupt Event Register  
The interrupt event set/clear register reflects the state of the various TSB43AB23 interrupt sources. The interrupt bits  
are set to 1 by an asserting edge of the corresponding interrupt signal or by writing a 1 in the corresponding bit in the  
set register. The only mechanism to clear a bit in this register is to write a 1 to the corresponding bit in the clear register.  
This register is fully compliant with the 1394OpenHostControllerInterfaceSpecification, andtheTSB43AB23device  
adds a vendor-specific interrupt function to bit 30. When the interrupt event register is read, the return value is the  
bit-wise AND function of the interrupt event and interrupt mask registers. See Table 415 for a complete description  
of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Interrupt event  
RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
R
0
RSC RSC  
R
0
X
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Interrupt event  
RSCU  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSCU RSCU  
RU  
X
RU  
X
RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Interrupt event  
80h  
84h  
set register  
clear register [returns the content of the interrupt event register bit-wise ANDed with  
the interrupt mask register when read]  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear/Update, read/set/clear, read/update, read-only  
XXXX 0XXXh  
Table 415. Interrupt Event Register Description  
BIT  
31  
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
R
DESCRIPTION  
Reserved. Bit 31 returns 0 when read.  
30  
vendorSpecific  
RSC  
This vendor-specific interrupt event is reported when either of the general-purpose interrupts are  
asserted. The general-purpose interrupts are enabled by setting the corresponding bits INT_3EN  
and INT_2EN (bits 31 and 23, respectively) to 1 in the GPIO control register at offset FCh in the PCI  
configuration space (see Section 3.24, GPIO Control Register).  
29  
28  
27  
SoftInterrupt  
RSVD  
RSC  
R
Bit 29 is used by software to generate a TSB43AB23 interrupt for its own use.  
Reserved. Bit 28 returns 0 when read.  
ack_tardy  
RSCU Bit 27 is set to 1 when bit 29 (AckTardyEnable) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset  
50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control Register) is set to 1 and any of the following  
conditions occur:  
a. Data is present in a receive FIFO that is to be delivered to the host.  
b. The physical response unit is busy processing requests or sending responses.  
c. The TSB43AB23 device sent an ack_tardy acknowledgment.  
26  
25  
phyRegRcvd  
cycleTooLong  
RSCU The TSB43AB23 device has received a PHY register data byte which can be read from bits 2316  
in the PHY layer control register at OHCI offset ECh (see Section 4.33, PHY Layer Control Register).  
RSCU If bit 21 (cycleMaster) in the link control register at OHCI offset E0h/E4h (see Section 4.31, Link  
Control Register) is set to 1, this indicates that over 125 µs has elapsed between the start of sending  
a cycle start packet and the end of a subaction gap. Bit 21 (cycleMaster) in the link control register  
is cleared by this event.  
24  
23  
unrecoverableError RSCU This event occurs when the TSB43AB23 device encounters any error that forces it to stop operations  
on any or all of its subunits, for example, when a DMA context sets its dead bit to 1. While bit 24 is  
set to 1, all normal interrupts for the context(s) that caused this interrupt are blocked from being set  
to 1.  
cycleInconsistent  
RSCU A cycle start was received that had values for the cycleSeconds and cycleCount fields that are  
different from the values in bits 3125 (cycleSeconds field) and bits 2412 (cycleCount field) in the  
isochronous cycle timer register at OHCI offset F0h (see Section 4.34, Isochronous Cycle Timer  
Register).  
418  
Table 415. Interrupt Event Register Description (Continued)  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
22  
cycleLost  
RSCU A lost cycle is indicated when no cycle_start packet is sent or received between two successive  
cycleSynch events. A lost cycle can be predicted when a cycle_start packet does not immediately  
follow the first subaction gap after the cycleSynch event or if an arbitration reset gap is detected after  
a cycleSynch event without an intervening cycle start. Bit 22 may be set to 1 either when a lost cycle  
occurs or when logic predicts that one will occur.  
th  
21  
20  
cycle64Seconds  
cycleSynch  
RSCU Indicates that the 7 bit of the cycle second counter has changed.  
RSCU Indicates that a new isochronous cycle has started. Bit 20 is set to 1 when the low-order bit of the  
cycle count toggles.  
19  
18  
phy  
RSCU Indicates that the PHY layer requests an interrupt through a status transfer.  
regAccessFail  
RSCU Indicates that a TSB43AB23 register access has failed due to a missing SCLK clock signal from the  
PHY layer. When a register access fails, bit 18 is set to 1 before the next register access.  
17  
16  
busReset  
RSCU Indicates that the PHY layer has entered bus reset mode.  
selfIDcomplete  
RSCU A self-ID packet stream has been received. It is generated at the end of the bus initialization process.  
Bit 16 is turned off simultaneously when bit 17 (busReset) is turned on.  
15  
selfIDcomplete2  
RSCU Secondaryindicationoftheendofaself-IDpacketstream. Bit15issetto1bytheTSB43AB23device  
when it sets bit 16 (selfIDcomplete), and retains the state, independent of bit 17 (busReset).  
1410  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 1410 return 0s when read.  
9
lockRespErr  
RSCU Indicates that the TSB43AB23 device sent a lock response for a lock request to a serial bus register,  
but did not receive an ack_complete.  
8
7
postedWriteErr  
isochRx  
RSCU Indicates that a host bus error occurred while the TSB43AB23 device was trying to write a 1394 write  
request, which had already been given an ack_complete, into system memory.  
RU  
RU  
Isochronous receive DMA interrupt. Indicates that one or more isochronous receive contexts have  
generated an interrupt. This is not a latched event; it is the logical OR of all bits in the isochronous  
receive interrupt event register at OHCI offset A0h/A4h (see Section 4.25, Isochronous Receive  
Interrupt Event Register) and isochronous receive interrupt mask register at OHCI offset A8h/ACh  
(see Section 4.26, Isochronous Receive Interrupt Mask Register). The isochronous receive interrupt  
event register indicates which contexts have been interrupted.  
6
isochTx  
Isochronous transmit DMA interrupt. Indicates that one or more isochronous transmit contexts have  
generated an interrupt. This is not a latched event; it is the logical OR of all bits in the isochronous  
transmit interrupt event register at OHCI offset 90h/94h (see Section 4.23, Isochronous Transmit  
Interrupt Event Register) and isochronous transmit interrupt mask register at OHCI offset 98h/9Ch  
(see Section 4.24, Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Mask Register). The isochronous transmit  
interrupt event register indicates which contexts have been interrupted.  
5
4
3
2
1
0
RSPkt  
RQPkt  
RSCU Indicates that a packet was sent to an asynchronous receive response context buffer and the  
descriptor xferStatus and resCount fields have been updated.  
RSCU Indicates that a packet was sent to an asynchronous receive request context buffer and the  
descriptor xferStatus and resCount fields have been updated.  
ARRS  
RSCU Asynchronous receive response DMA interrupt. Bit 3 is conditionally set to 1 upon completion of an  
ARRS DMA context command descriptor.  
ARRQ  
RSCU Asynchronous receive request DMA interrupt. Bit 2 is conditionally set to 1 upon completion of an  
ARRQ DMA context command descriptor.  
respTxComplete  
reqTxComplete  
RSCU Asynchronous response transmit DMA interrupt. Bit 1 is conditionally set to 1 upon completion of an  
ATRS DMA command.  
RSCU Asynchronous request transmit DMA interrupt. Bit 0 is conditionally set to 1 upon completion of an  
ATRQ DMA command.  
419  
4.22 Interrupt Mask Register  
The interrupt mask set/clear register enables the various TSB43AB23 interrupt sources. Reads from either the set  
register or the clear register always return the contents of the interrupt mask register. In all cases except  
masterIntEnable (bit 31) and vendorSpecific (bit 30), the enables for each interrupt event align with the interrupt event  
register bits detailed in Table 415.  
This register is fully compliant with the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification and the TSB43AB23 device  
adds an interrupt function to bit 30. See Table 416 for a complete description of bits 31 and 30.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
Interrupt mask  
RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
RSCU RSC RSC  
R
0
X
X
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Interrupt mask  
RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC  
RSC  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Interrupt mask  
88h  
8Ch  
set register  
clear register  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear/Update, read/set/clear, read/update, read-only  
XXXX 0XXXh  
Table 416. Interrupt Mask Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
masterIntEnable  
RSCU Master interrupt enable. If bit 31 is set to 1, external interrupts are generated in accordance with the  
interrupt mask register. If this bit is cleared, external interrupts are not generated regardless of the  
interrupt mask register settings.  
30  
29  
VendorSpecific  
SoftInterrupt  
RSC When this bit and bit 30 (vendorSpecific) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this vendor-specific interrupt mask enables  
interrupt generation.  
RSC When this bit and bit 29 (SoftInterrupt) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this soft-interrupt mask enables interrupt  
generation.  
28  
27  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bit 28 returns 0 when read.  
ack_tardy  
RSC When this bit and bit 27 (ack_tardy) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this acknowledge-tardy interrupt mask enables  
interrupt generation.  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
phyRegRcvd  
cycleTooLong  
unrecoverableError  
cycleInconsistent  
cycleLost  
RSC When this bit and bit 26 (phyRegRcvd) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this PHY-register interrupt mask enables interrupt  
generation.  
RSC When this bit and bit 25 (cycleTooLong) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, InterruptEventRegister)aresetto1, thiscycle-too-longinterruptmaskenablesinterrupt  
generation.  
RSC Whenthisbitandbit24(unrecoverableError)intheinterrupteventregisteratOHCIoffset80h/84h(see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this unrecoverable-error interrupt mask enables  
interrupt generation.  
RSC When this bit and bit 23 (cycleInconsistent) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this inconsistent-cycle interrupt mask enables  
interrupt generation.  
RSC When this bit and bit 22 (cycleLost) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this lost-cycle interrupt mask enables interrupt  
generation.  
420  
Table 416. Interrupt Mask Register Description (Continued)  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
21  
cycle64Seconds  
RSC When this bit and bit 21 (cycle64Seconds) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this 64-second-cycle interrupt mask enables  
interrupt generation.  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
cycleSynch  
phy  
RSC When this bit and bit 20 (cycleSynch) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this isochronous-cycle interrupt mask enables  
interrupt generation.  
RSC When this bit and bit 19 (phy) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 4.21,  
Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this PHY-status-transfer interrupt mask enables interrupt  
generation.  
regAccessFail  
busReset  
RSC When this bit and bit 18 (regAccessFail) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this register-access-failed interrupt mask enables  
interrupt generation.  
RSC When this bit and bit 17 (busReset) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this bus-reset interrupt mask enables interrupt  
generation.  
selfIDcomplete  
selfIDcomplete2  
RSC When this bit and bit 16 (selfIDcomplete) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this self-ID-complete interrupt mask enables  
interrupt generation.  
RSC When this bit and bit 15 (selfIDcomplete2) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this second-self-ID-complete interrupt mask  
enables interrupt generation.  
1410  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 1410 return 0s when read.  
9
lockRespErr  
RSC When this bit and bit 9 (lockRespErr) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this lock-response-error interrupt mask enables  
interrupt generation.  
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
postedWriteErr  
isochRx  
RSC When this bit and bit 8 (postedWriteErr) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this posted-write-error interrupt mask enables  
interrupt generation.  
RSC When this bit and bit 7 (isochRx) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this isochronous-receive-DMA interrupt mask  
enables interrupt generation.  
isochTx  
RSC When this bit and bit 6 (isochTx) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this isochronous-transmit-DMA interrupt mask  
enables interrupt generation.  
RSPkt  
RSC Whenthis bit and bit 5 (RSPkt) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 4.21,  
Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this receive-response-packet interrupt mask enables interrupt  
generation.  
RQPkt  
RSC Whenthis bit and bit 4 (RQPkt)intheinterrupteventregisteratOHCIoffset 80h/84h (see Section 4.21,  
Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this receive-request-packet interrupt mask enables interrupt  
generation.  
ARRS  
RSC When this bit and bit 3 (ARRS) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 4.21,  
Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this asynchronous-receive-response-DMA interrupt mask  
enables interrupt generation.  
ARRQ  
RSC Whenthis bit and bit 2 (ARRQ) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 4.21,  
InterruptEventRegister) are setto1, thisasynchronous-receive-request-DMAinterruptmaskenables  
interrupt generation.  
respTxComplete  
reqTxComplete  
RSC When this bit and bit 1 (respTxComplete) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this response-transmit-complete interrupt mask  
enables interrupt generation.  
RSC When this bit and bit 0 (reqTxComplete) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see  
Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this request-transmit-complete interrupt mask  
enables interrupt generation.  
421  
4.23 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Event Register  
The isochronous transmit interrupt event set/clear register reflects the interrupt state of the isochronous transmit  
contexts. An interrupt is generated on behalf of an isochronous transmit context if an OUTPUT_LAST* command  
completes and its interrupt bits are set to 1. Upon determining that the isochTx (bit 6) interrupt has occurred in the  
interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register), software can check this  
register to determine which context(s) caused the interrupt. The interrupt bits are set to 1 by an asserting edge of the  
corresponding interrupt signal, or by writing a 1 in the corresponding bit in the set register. The only mechanism to  
clear a bit in this register is to write a 1 to the corresponding bit in the clear register. See Table 417 for a complete  
description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Isochronous transmit interrupt event  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous transmit interrupt event  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Isochronous transmit interrupt event  
90h  
94h  
set register  
clear register [returns the contents of the isochronous transmit interrupt event  
register bit-wise ANDed with the isochronous transmit interrupt mask register  
when read]  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear, read-only  
0000 00XXh  
Table 417. Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Event Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
R
DESCRIPTION  
318  
Reserved. Bits 318 return 0s when read.  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
isoXmit7  
isoXmit6  
isoXmit5  
isoXmit4  
isoXmit3  
isoXmit2  
isoXmit1  
isoXmit0  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
Isochronous transmit channel 7 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.  
Isochronous transmit channel 6 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.  
Isochronous transmit channel 5 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.  
Isochronous transmit channel 4 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.  
Isochronous transmit channel 3 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.  
Isochronous transmit channel 2 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.  
Isochronous transmit channel 1 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.  
Isochronous transmit channel 0 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.  
422  
4.24 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Mask Register  
The isochronous transmit interrupt mask set/clear register enables the isochTx interrupt source on a per-channel  
basis. Reads from either the set register or the clear register always return the contents of the isochronous transmit  
interrupt mask register. In all cases the enables for each interrupt event align with the isochronous transmit interrupt  
event register bits detailed in Table 417.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Isochronous transmit interrupt mask  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous transmit interrupt mask  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Isochronous transmit interrupt mask  
98h  
9Ch  
set register  
clear register  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear, read-only  
0000 00XXh  
4.25 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Event Register  
The isochronous receive interrupt event set/clear register reflects the interrupt state of the isochronous receive  
contexts. An interrupt is generated on behalf of an isochronous receive context if an INPUT_* command completes  
and its interrupt bits are set to 1. Upon determining that the isochRx (bit 7) interrupt in the interrupt event register at  
OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) has occurred, software can check this register to  
determine which context(s) caused the interrupt. The interrupt bits are set to 1 by an asserting edge of the  
corresponding interrupt signal or by writing a 1 in the corresponding bit in the set register. The only mechanism to  
clear a bit in this register is to write a 1 to the corresponding bit in the clear register. See Table 418 for a complete  
description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Isochronous receive interrupt event  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous receive interrupt event  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Isochronous receive interrupt event  
A0h  
A4h  
set register  
clear register [returns the contents of isochronous receive interrupt event register  
bit-wise ANDed with the isochronous receive mask register when read]  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear, read-only  
0000 000Xh  
Table 418. Isochronous Receive Interrupt Event Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
R
DESCRIPTION  
314  
Reserved. Bits 314 return 0s when read.  
3
2
1
0
isoRecv3  
isoRecv2  
isoRecv1  
isoRecv0  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
Isochronous receive channel 3 caused the interrupt event register bit 7 (isochRx) interrupt.  
Isochronous receive channel 2 caused the interrupt event register bit 7 (isochRx) interrupt.  
Isochronous receive channel 1 caused the interrupt event register bit 7 (isochRx) interrupt.  
Isochronous receive channel 0 caused the interrupt event register bit 7 (isochRx) interrupt.  
423  
4.26 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Mask Register  
The isochronous receive interrupt mask set/clear register enables the isochRx interrupt source on a per-channel  
basis. Reads from either the set register or the clear register always return the contents of the isochronous receive  
interrupt mask register. In all cases the enables for each interrupt event align with the isochronous receive interrupt  
event register bits detailed in Table 418.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Isochronous receive interrupt mask  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous receive interrupt mask  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Isochronous receive interrupt mask  
A8h  
ACh  
set register  
clear register  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear, read-only  
0000 000Xh  
4.27 Initial Bandwidth Available Register  
The initial bandwidth available register value is loaded into the corresponding bus management CSR register on a  
system (hardware) or software reset. See Table 419 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Initial bandwidth available  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Initial bandwidth available  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
1
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Initial bandwidth available  
B0h  
Read-only, read/write  
0000 1333h  
Default:  
Table 419. Initial Bandwidth Available Register Description  
BIT  
3113  
120  
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
R
DESCRIPTION  
Reserved. Bits 3113 return 0s when read.  
InitBWAvailable  
R/W  
This field is reset to 1333h on a system (hardware) or software reset, and is not affected by a 1394  
bus reset. The value of this field is loaded into the BANDWIDTH_AVAILABLE CSR register upon  
a G_RST, PCI_RST, or a 1394 bus reset.  
424  
4.28 Initial Channels Available High Register  
The initial channels available high register value is loaded into the corresponding bus management CSR register on  
a system (hardware) or software reset. See Table 420 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Initial channels available high  
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Initial channels available high  
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Initial channels available high  
B4h  
Read/Write  
FFFF FFFFh  
Default:  
Table 420. Initial Channels Available High Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
310  
InitChanAvailHi  
R/W  
This field is reset to FFFF_FFFFh on a system (hardware) or software reset, and is not affected by  
a 1394 bus reset. The value of this field is loaded into the CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_HI CSR  
register upon a G_RST, PCI_RST, or a 1394 bus reset.  
4.29 Initial Channels Available Low Register  
The initial channels available low register value is loaded into the corresponding bus management CSR register on  
a system (hardware) or software reset. See Table 421 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Initial channels available low  
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Initial channels available low  
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
R/W  
1
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Initial channels available low  
B8h  
Read/Write  
FFFF FFFFh  
Default:  
Table 421. Initial Channels Available Low Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
310  
InitChanAvailLo  
R/W  
This field is reset to FFFF_FFFFh on a system (hardware) or software reset, and is not affected by  
a 1394 bus reset. The value of this field is loaded into the CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_LO CSR  
register upon a G_RST, PCI_RST, or a 1394 bus reset.  
425  
4.30 Fairness Control Register  
The fairness control register provides a mechanism by which software can direct the host controller to transmit  
multiple asynchronous requests during a fairness interval. See Table 422 for a complete description of the register  
contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Fairness control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Fairness control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Fairness control  
DCh  
Read-only  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
Table 422. Fairness Control Register Description  
BIT  
318  
70  
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
Reserved. Bits 318 return 0s when read.  
R
pri_req  
R/W  
This field specifies the maximum number of priority arbitration requests for asynchronous request  
packets that the link is permitted to make of the PHY layer during a fairness interval.  
426  
4.31 Link Control Register  
The link control set/clear register provides the control flags that enable and configure the link core protocol portions  
of the TSB43AB23 device. It contains controls for the receiver and cycle timer. See Table 423 for a complete  
description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Link control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
RSC RSCU RSC  
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
X
X
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
6
5
4
Name  
Type  
Default  
Link control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
R
0
R
0
RS  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Link control  
E0h  
E4h  
set register  
clear register  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear/Update, read/set/clear, read-only  
00X0 0X00h  
Table 423. Link Control Register Description  
BIT  
3123  
22  
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
R
DESCRIPTION  
Reserved. Bits 3123 return 0s when read.  
cycleSource  
RSC  
When bit 22 is set to 1, the cycle timer uses an external source (CYCLEIN) to determine when to roll  
over the cycle timer. When this bit is cleared, the cycle timer rolls over when the timer reaches  
3072 cycles of the 24.576-MHz clock (125 µs).  
21  
cycleMaster  
RSCU When bit 21 is set to 1, the TSB43AB23 device is root and it generates a cycle start packet every time  
the cycle timer rolls over, based on the setting of bit 22 (cycleSource). When bit 21 is cleared, the  
iOHCI-Lynx accepts received cycle start packets to maintain synchronization with the node which  
is sending them. Bit 21 is automatically cleared when bit 25 (cycleTooLong) in the interrupt event  
register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) is set to 1. Bit 21 cannot  
be set to 1 until bit 25 (cycleTooLong) is cleared.  
20  
CycleTimerEnable  
RSC  
When bit 20 is set to 1, the cycle timer offset counts cycles of the 24.576-MHz clock and rolls over  
at the appropriate time, based on the settings of the above bits. When this bit is cleared, the cycle  
timer offset does not count.  
1911  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 1911 return 0s when read.  
10  
RcvPhyPkt  
RSC  
When bit 10 is set to 1, the receiver accepts incoming PHY packets into the AR request context if  
the AR request context is enabled. This bit does not control receipt of self-identification packets.  
9
RcvSelfID  
RSC  
When bit 9 is set to 1, the receiver accepts incoming self-identification packets. Before setting this  
bit to 1, software must ensure that the self-ID buffer pointer register contains a valid address.  
87  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 8 and 7 return 0s when read.  
6
tag1SyncFilterLock  
RS  
When bit 6 is set to 1, bit 6 (tag1SyncFilter) in the isochronous receive context match register (see  
Section 4.46, Isochronous Receive Context Match Register) is set to 1 for all isochronous receive  
contexts. When bit 6 is cleared, bit 6 (tag1SyncFilter) in the isochronous receive context match  
register has read/write access. This bit is cleared when G_RST is asserted.  
50  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 50 return 0s when read.  
427  
4.32 Node Identification Register  
The node identification register contains the address of the node on which the iOHCI-Lynx chip resides and  
indicates the valid node number status. The 16-bit combination of the busNumber field (bits 156) and the  
NodeNumber field (bits 50) is referred to as the node ID. See Table 424 for a complete description of the register  
contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Node identification  
RU  
0
RU  
0
R
0
R
0
RU  
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Node identification  
RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU  
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Node identification  
E8h  
Read/Write/Update, read/update, read-only  
0000 FFXXh  
Default:  
Table 424. Node Identification Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
iDValid  
RU  
Bit 31 indicates whether or not the TSB43AB23 device has a valid node number. It is cleared when a  
1394 bus reset is detected and set to 1 when the TSB43AB23 device receives a new node number  
from its PHY layer.  
30  
root  
RSVD  
RU  
R
Bit 30 is set to 1 during the bus reset process if the attached PHY layer is root.  
Reserved. Bits 29 and 28 return 0s when read.  
2928  
27  
CPS  
RU  
R
Bit 27 is set to 1 if the PHY layer is reporting that cable power status is OK.  
Reserved. Bits 2616 return 0s when read.  
2616  
156  
RSVD  
busNumber  
RWU  
This field identifies the specific 1394 bus the TSB43AB23 device belongs to when multiple  
1394-compatible buses are connected via a bridge.  
50  
NodeNumber  
RU  
This field is the physical node number established by the PHY layer during self-identification. It is  
automaticallyset to the value received from the PHY layer after the self-identification phase. If the PHY  
layersetsthenodeNumberto63, softwaremustnotsetbit15(run)intheasynchronouscontextcontrol  
register (see Section 4.40, Asynchronous Context Control Register) for either of the AT DMA contexts.  
428  
4.33 PHY Layer Control Register  
The PHY layer control register reads from or writes to a PHY register. See Table 425 for a complete description of  
the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
PHY layer control  
RU  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
RU  
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
PHY layer control  
RWU RWU  
R
0
R
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
0
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
PHY layer control  
ECh  
Read/Write/Update, Read/Write, Read/Update, Read-only  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
Table 425. PHY Control Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
rdDone  
RU  
Bit 31 is cleared to 0 by the TSB43AB23 device when either bit 15 (rdReg) or bit 14 (wrReg) is set to  
1. This bit is set to 1 when a register transfer is received from the PHY layer.  
3028  
2724  
2316  
15  
RSVD  
rdAddr  
rdData  
rdReg  
R
Reserved. Bits 3028 return 0s when read.  
RU  
This field is the address of the register most recently received from the PHY layer.  
This field is the contents of a PHY register that has been read.  
RU  
RWU  
Bit 15 is set to 1 by software to initiate a read request to a PHY register and is cleared by hardware  
when the request has been sent. Bits 14 (wrReg) and 15 (rdReg) must not both be set to 1  
simultaneously.  
14  
wrReg  
RWU  
Bit 14 is set to 1 by software to initiate a write request to a PHY register and is cleared by hardware  
when the request has been sent. Bits 14 (wrReg) and 15 (rdReg) must not both be set to 1  
simultaneously.  
1312  
118  
70  
RSVD  
regAddr  
wrData  
R
Reserved. Bits 13 and 12 return 0s when read.  
R/W  
R/W  
This field is the address of the PHY register to be written or read.  
This field is the data to be written to a PHY register and is ignored for reads.  
429  
4.34 Isochronous Cycle Timer Register  
The isochronous cycle timer register indicates the current cycle number and offset. When the TSB43AB23 device  
is cycle master, this register is transmitted with the cycle start message. When the TSB43AB23 device is not cycle  
master, this register is loaded with the data field in an incoming cycle start. In the event that the cycle start message  
is not received, the fields can continue incrementing on their own (if programmed) to maintain a local time reference.  
See Table 426 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
Isochronous cycle timer  
RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous cycle timer  
RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Isochronous cycle timer  
F0h  
Read/Write/Update  
XXXX XXXXh  
Default:  
Table 426. Isochronous Cycle Timer Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
cycleSeconds  
cycleCount  
TYPE  
RWU  
RWU  
RWU  
DESCRIPTION  
3125  
2412  
110  
This field counts seconds [rollovers from bits 2412 (cycleCount field)] modulo 128.  
This field counts cycles [rollovers from bits 110 (cycleOffset field)] modulo 8000.  
cycleOffset  
This field counts 24.576-MHz clocks modulo 3072, that is, 125 µs. If an external 8-kHz clock  
configuration is being used, this field must be cleared to 0s at each tick of the external clock.  
430  
4.35 Asynchronous Request Filter High Register  
The asynchronous request filter high set/clear register enables asynchronous receive requests on a per-node basis,  
and handles the upper node IDs. When a packet is destined for either the physical request context or the ARRQ  
context, thesourcenodeIDisexamined. IfthebitcorrespondingtothenodeIDisnotsetto1inthisregister, thepacket  
is not acknowledged and the request is not queued. The node ID comparison is done if the source node is on the same  
bus as the TSB43AB23 device. Nonlocal bus-sourced packets are not acknowledged unless bit 31 in this register  
is set to 1. See Table 427 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Asynchronous request filter high  
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Asynchronous request filter high  
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Asynchronous request filter high  
100h set register  
104h clear register  
Read/Set/Clear  
Type:  
Default:  
0000 0000h  
Table 427. Asynchronous Request Filter High Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
asynReqAllBuses  
asynReqResource62  
asynReqResource61  
asynReqResource60  
asynReqResource59  
asynReqResource58  
asynReqResource57  
asynReqResource56  
asynReqResource55  
asynReqResource54  
asynReqResource53  
asynReqResource52  
asynReqResource51  
RSC  
If bit 31 is set to 1, all asynchronous requests received by the TSB43AB23 device from nonlocal  
bus nodes are accepted.  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
If bit 30 is set to 1 for local bus node number 62, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 29 is set to 1 for local bus node number 61, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 28 is set to 1 for local bus node number 60, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 27 is set to 1 for local bus node number 59, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 26 is set to 1 for local bus node number 58, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 25 is set to 1 for local bus node number 57, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 24 is set to 1 for local bus node number 56, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 23 is set to 1 for local bus node number 55, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 22 is set to 1 for local bus node number 54, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 21 is set to 1 for local bus node number 53, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 20 is set to 1 for local bus node number 52, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 19 is set to 1 for local bus node number 51, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
431  
Table 427. Asynchronous Request Filter High Register Description (Continued)  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
18  
asynReqResource50  
RSC  
If bit 18 is set to 1 for local bus node number 50, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
asynReqResource49  
asynReqResource48  
asynReqResource47  
asynReqResource46  
asynReqResource45  
asynReqResource44  
asynReqResource43  
asynReqResource42  
asynReqResource41  
asynReqResource40  
asynReqResource39  
asynReqResource38  
asynReqResource37  
asynReqResource36  
asynReqResource35  
asynReqResource34  
asynReqResource33  
asynReqResource32  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
If bit 17 is set to 1 for local bus node number 49, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 16 is set to 1 for local bus node number 48, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 15 is set to 1 for local bus node number 47, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 14 is set to 1 for local bus node number 46, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 13 is set to 1 for local bus node number 45, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 12 is set to 1 for local bus node number 44, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 11 is set to 1 for local bus node number 43, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 10 is set to 1 for local bus node number 42, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
If bit 9 is set to 1 for local busnodenumber41, asynchronousrequestsreceivedbytheTSB43AB23  
device from that node are accepted.  
8
If bit 8 is set to 1 for local busnodenumber40, asynchronousrequestsreceivedbytheTSB43AB23  
device from that node are accepted.  
7
If bit 7 is set to 1 for local busnodenumber39, asynchronousrequestsreceivedbytheTSB43AB23  
device from that node are accepted.  
6
If bit 6 is set to 1 for local busnodenumber38, asynchronousrequestsreceivedbytheTSB43AB23  
device from that node are accepted.  
5
If bit 5 is set to 1 for local busnodenumber37, asynchronousrequestsreceivedbytheTSB43AB23  
device from that node are accepted.  
4
If bit 4 is set to 1 for local busnodenumber36, asynchronousrequestsreceivedbytheTSB43AB23  
device from that node are accepted.  
3
If bit 3 is set to 1 for local busnodenumber35, asynchronousrequestsreceivedbytheTSB43AB23  
device from that node are accepted.  
2
If bit 2 is set to 1 for local busnodenumber34, asynchronousrequestsreceivedbytheTSB43AB23  
device from that node are accepted.  
1
If bit 1 is set to 1 for local busnodenumber33, asynchronousrequestsreceivedbytheTSB43AB23  
device from that node are accepted.  
0
If bit 0 is set to 1 for local busnodenumber32, asynchronousrequestsreceivedbytheTSB43AB23  
device from that node are accepted.  
432  
4.36 Asynchronous Request Filter Low Register  
The asynchronous request filter low set/clear register enables asynchronous receive requests on a per-node basis,  
and handles the lower node IDs. Other than filtering different node IDs, this register behaves identically to the  
asynchronous request filter high register. See Table 428 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Asynchronous request filter low  
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Asynchronous request filter low  
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Asynchronous request filter low  
108h set register  
10Ch clear register  
Read/Set/Clear  
Type:  
Default:  
0000 0000h  
Table 428. Asynchronous Request Filter Low Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
asynReqResource31  
asynReqResource30  
asynReqResourcen  
asynReqResource1  
asynReqResource0  
RSC  
If bit 31 is set to 1 for local bus node number 31, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
30  
292  
1
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
If bit 30 is set to 1 for local bus node number 30, asynchronous requests received by the  
TSB43AB23 device from that node are accepted.  
Bits 29 through 2 (asynReqResourcen, where n = 29, 28, 27, , 2) follow the same pattern as  
bits 31 and 30.  
If bit 1 is set to 1 for local bus node number 1, asynchronous requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are accepted.  
0
If bit 0 is set to 1 for local bus node number 0, asynchronous requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are accepted.  
433  
4.37 Physical Request Filter High Register  
The physical request filter high set/clear register enables physical receive requests on a per-node basis, and handles  
the upper node IDs. When a packet is destined for the physical request context, and the node ID has been compared  
against the ARRQ registers, then the comparison is done again with this register. If the bit corresponding to the node  
ID is not set to 1 in this register, the request is handled by the ARRQ context instead of the physical request context.  
The node ID comparison is done if the source node is on the same bus as the TSB43AB23 device. Nonlocal  
bus-sourced packets are not acknowledged unless bit 31 in this register is set to 1. See Table 429 for a complete  
description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Physical request filter high  
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Physical request filter high  
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Physical request filter high  
110h set register  
114h clear register  
Read/Set/Clear  
Type:  
Default:  
0000 0000h  
Table 429. Physical Request Filter High Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
physReqAllBusses  
physReqResource62  
physReqResource61  
physReqResource60  
physReqResource59  
physReqResource58  
physReqResource57  
physReqResource56  
physReqResource55  
physReqResource54  
physReqResource53  
physReqResource52  
physReqResource51  
RSC  
If bit 31 is set to 1, all asynchronous requests received by the TSB43AB23 device from nonlocal  
bus nodes are accepted. Bit 31 is not cleared by a PCI_RST.  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
If bit 30 is set to 1 for local bus node number 62, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 29 is set to 1 for local bus node number 61, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 28 is set to 1 for local bus node number 60, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 27 is set to 1 for local bus node number 59, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 26 is set to 1 for local bus node number 58, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 25 is set to 1 for local bus node number 57, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 24 is set to 1 for local bus node number 56, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 23 is set to 1 for local bus node number 55, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 22 is set to 1 for local bus node number 54, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 21 is set to 1 for local bus node number 53, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 20 is set to 1 for local bus node number 52, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 19 is set to 1 for local bus node number 51, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
434  
Table 429. Physical Request Filter High Register Description (Continued)  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
18  
physReqResource50  
RSC  
If bit 18 is set to 1 for local bus node number 50, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
physReqResource49  
physReqResource48  
physReqResource47  
physReqResource46  
physReqResource45  
physReqResource44  
physReqResource43  
physReqResource42  
physReqResource41  
physReqResource40  
physReqResource39  
physReqResource38  
physReqResource37  
physReqResource36  
physReqResource35  
physReqResource34  
physReqResource33  
physReqResource32  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
If bit 17 is set to 1 for local bus node number 49, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 16 is set to 1 for local bus node number 48, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 15 is set to 1 for local bus node number 47, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 14 is set to 1 for local bus node number 46, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 13 is set to 1 for local bus node number 45, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 12 is set to 1 for local bus node number 44, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 11 is set to 1 for local bus node number 43, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 10 is set to 1 for local bus node number 42, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
If bit 9 is set to 1 for local bus node number 41, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
8
If bit 8 is set to 1 for local bus node number 40, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
7
If bit 7 is set to 1 for local bus node number 39, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
6
If bit 6 is set to 1 for local bus node number 38, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
5
If bit 5 is set to 1 for local bus node number 37, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
4
If bit 4 is set to 1 for local bus node number 36, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
3
If bit 3 is set to 1 for local bus node number 35, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
2
If bit 2 is set to 1 for local bus node number 34, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
1
If bit 1 is set to 1 for local bus node number 33, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
0
If bit 0 is set to 1 for local bus node number 32, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
435  
4.38 Physical Request Filter Low Register  
The physical request filter low set/clear register enables physical receive requests on a per-node basis, and handles  
the lower node IDs. When a packet is destined for the physical request context and the node ID has been compared  
against the asynchronous request filter registers, then the node ID comparison is done again with this register. If the  
bit corresponding to the node ID is not set to 1 in this register, the request is handled by the asynchronous request  
context instead of the physical request context. See Table 430 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Physical request filter low  
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Physical request filter low  
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Physical request filter low  
118h set register  
11Ch clear register  
Read/Set/Clear  
Type:  
Default:  
0000 0000h  
Table 430. Physical Request Filter Low Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
physReqResource31  
physReqResource30  
physReqResourcen  
physReqResource1  
physReqResource0  
RSC  
If bit 31 is set to 1 for local bus node number 31, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
30  
292  
1
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
RSC  
If bit 30 is set to 1 for local bus node number 30, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
Bits 29 through 2 (physReqResourcen, where n = 29, 28, 27, , 2) follow the same pattern as  
bits 31 and 30.  
If bit 1 is set to 1 for local bus node number 1, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
0
If bit 0 is set to 1 for local bus node number 0, physical requests received by the TSB43AB23  
device from that node are handled through the physical request context.  
4.39 Physical Upper Bound Register (Optional Register)  
The physical upper bound register is an optional register and is not implemented. This register returns all 0s when  
read.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Physical upper bound  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Physical upper bound  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Physical upper bound  
120h  
Read-only  
Default:  
0000 0000h  
436  
4.40 Asynchronous Context Control Register  
The asynchronous context control set/clear register controls the state and indicates status of the DMA context. See  
Table 431 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Asynchronous context control  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Asynchronous context control  
RSCU  
0
R
0
R
0
RSU  
X
RU  
0
RU  
0
R
0
R
0
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Asynchronous context control  
180h set register [ATRQ]  
184h clear register [ATRQ]  
1A0h set register [ATRS]  
1A4h clear register [ATRS]  
1C0h set register [ARRQ]  
1C4h clear register [ARRQ]  
1E0h set register [ARRS]  
1E4h clear register [ARRS]  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear/Update, read/set/update, read/update, read-only  
0000 X0XXh  
Table 431. Asynchronous Context Control Register Description  
BIT  
3116  
15  
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
Reserved. Bits 3116 return 0s when read.  
R
run  
RSCU Bit 15 is set to 1 by software to enable descriptor processing for the context and cleared by software  
to stop descriptor processing. The TSB43AB23 device changes this bit only on a system (hardware)  
or software reset.  
1413  
RSVD  
wake  
R
Reserved. Bits 14 and 13 return 0s when read.  
12  
RSU  
Softwaresets bit 12 to 1 to cause the TSB43AB23 device to continue or resume descriptor processing.  
The TSB43AB23 device clears this bit on every descriptor fetch.  
11  
dead  
RU  
The TSB43AB23 device sets bit 11 to 1 when it encounters a fatal error, and clears the bit when  
software clears bit 15 (run). Asynchronous contexts supporting out-of-order pipelining provide unique  
ContextControl.dead functionality. See Section 7.7 in the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface  
Specification (Revision 1.1) for more information.  
10  
active  
RSVD  
spd  
RU  
R
The TSB43AB23 device sets bit 10 to 1 when it is processing descriptors.  
Reserved. Bits 9 and 8 return 0s when read.  
98  
75  
RU  
This field indicates the speed at which a packet was received or transmitted and only contains  
meaningful information for receive contexts. This field is encoded as:  
000 = 100M bits/sec  
001 = 200M bits/sec  
010 = 400M bits/sec  
All other values are reserved.  
40  
eventcode  
RU  
This field holds the acknowledge sent by the link core for this packet or an internally generated error  
code if the packet was not transferred successfully.  
437  
4.41 Asynchronous Context Command Pointer Register  
The asynchronous context command pointer register contains a pointer to the address of the first descriptor block  
that the TSB43AB23 device accesses when software enables the context by setting bit 15 (run) in the asynchronous  
context control register (see Section 4.40, Asynchronous Context Control Register) to 1. See Table 432 for a  
complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
Asynchronous context command pointer  
RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Asynchronous context command pointer  
RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Asynchronous context command pointer  
18Ch [ATRQ]  
1ACh [ATRS]  
1CCh [ARRQ]  
1ECh [ARRS]  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Write/Update  
XXXX XXXXh  
Table 432. Asynchronous Context Command Pointer Register Description  
BIT  
314  
30  
FIELD NAME  
descriptorAddress  
Z
TYPE  
RWU  
RWU  
DESCRIPTION  
Contains the upper 28 bits of the address of a 16-byte aligned descriptor block.  
Indicates the number of contiguous descriptors at the address pointed to by the descriptor address.  
If Z is 0, it indicates that the descriptorAddress field (bits 314) is not valid.  
438  
4.42 Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register  
The isochronous transmit context control set/clear register controls options, state, and status for the isochronous  
transmit DMA contexts. The n value in the following register addresses indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3,  
, 7). See Table 433 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Isochronous transmit context control  
RSCU RSC  
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC RSC  
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
RSC  
X
X
X
X
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous transmit context control  
RSC  
0
R
0
R
0
RSU  
X
RU  
0
RU  
0
R
0
R
0
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Isochronous transmit context control  
200h + (16 * n)  
204h + (16 * n)  
set register  
clear register  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear/Update, read/set/clear, read/set/update, read/update, read-only  
XXXX X0XXh  
Table 433. Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
cycleMatchEnable  
RSCU When bit 31 is set to 1, processing occurs such that the packet described by the context first  
descriptor block is transmitted in the cycle whose number is specified in the cycleMatch field  
(bits 3016). The cycleMatch field (bits 3016) must match the low-order two bits of cycleSeconds  
and the 13-bit cycleCount field in the cycle start packet that is sent or received immediately before  
isochronous transmission begins. Since the isochronous transmit DMA controller may work ahead,  
the processing of the first descriptor block may begin slightly in advance of the actual cycle in which  
the first packet is transmitted.  
The effects of this bit, however, are impacted by the values of other bits in this register and are  
explained in the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification. Once the context has become  
active, hardware clears this bit.  
3016  
cycleMatch  
RSC  
RSC  
This field contains a 15-bit value, corresponding to the low-order two bits of the isochronous cycle  
timer register at OHCI offset F0h (see Section 4.34, Isochronous Cycle Timer Register)  
cycleSeconds field (bits 3125) and the cycleCount field (bits 2412). If bit 31 (cycleMatchEnable)  
is set to 1, this isochronous transmit DMA context becomes enabled for transmits when the low-order  
two bits of the isochronous cycle timer register at OHCI offset F0h cycleSeconds field (bits 3125)  
and the cycleCount field (bits 2412) value equal this field (cycleMatch) value.  
15  
run  
Bit 15 is set to 1 by software to enable descriptor processing for the context and cleared by software  
to stop descriptor processing. The TSB43AB23 device changes this bit only on a system (hardware)  
or software reset.  
1413  
RSVD  
wake  
R
Reserved. Bits 14 and 13 return 0s when read.  
12  
RSU  
Software sets bit 12 to 1 to cause the TSB43AB23 device to continue or resume descriptor  
processing. The TSB43AB23 device clears this bit on every descriptor fetch.  
11  
dead  
RU  
The TSB43AB23 device sets bit 11 to 1 when it encounters a fatal error, and clears the bit when  
software clears bit 15 (run) to 0.  
10  
active  
RSVD  
RU  
R
The TSB43AB23 device sets bit 10 to 1 when it is processing descriptors.  
Reserved. Bits 9 and 8 return 0s when read.  
98  
75  
40  
spd  
RU  
RU  
This field in not meaningful for isochronous transmit contexts.  
event code  
FollowinganOUTPUT_LAST*command, theerrorcodeisindicatedinthisfield. Possiblevaluesare:  
ack_complete, evt_descriptor_read, evt_data_read, and evt_unknown.  
On an overflow for each running context, the isochronous transmit DMA supports up to 7 cycle skips, when the following are true:  
1. Bit 11 (dead) in either the isochronous transmit or receive context control register is set to 1.  
2. Bits 40 (eventcode field) in either the isochronous transmit or receive context control register is set to evt_timeout.  
3. Bit 24 (unrecoverableError) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 4.21, Interrupt Event Register) is set to 1.  
439  
4.43 Isochronous Transmit Context Command Pointer Register  
The isochronous transmit context command pointer register contains a pointer to the address of the first descriptor  
block that the TSB43AB23 device accesses when software enables an isochronous transmit context by setting bit 15  
(run) in the isochronous transmit context control register (see Section 4.42, Isochronous Transmit Context Control  
Register) to 1. The isochronous transmit DMA context command pointer can be read when a context is active. The  
n value in the following register addresses indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3, , 7).  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Isochronous transmit context command pointer  
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
9
R
X
8
R
X
7
R
X
6
R
X
5
R
X
4
R
X
3
R
X
2
R
X
1
R
X
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous transmit context command pointer  
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Isochronous transmit context command pointer  
20Ch + (16 * n)  
Read-only  
Default:  
XXXX XXXXh  
4.44 Isochronous Receive Context Control Register  
The isochronous receive context control set/clear register controls options, state, and status for the isochronous  
receive DMA contexts. The n value in the following register addresses indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3).  
See Table 434 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Isochronous receive context control  
RSC  
X
RSC RSCU RSC RSC  
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
X
X
X
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous receive context control  
RSCU  
0
R
0
R
0
RSU  
X
RU  
0
RU  
0
R
0
R
0
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
RU  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Isochronous receive context control  
400h + (32 * n)  
404h + (32 * n)  
set register  
clear register  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear/Update, read/set/clear, read/set/update, read/update, read-only  
XX00 X0XXh  
Table 434. Isochronous Receive Context Control Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
bufferFill  
RSC  
When bit 31 is set to 1, received packets are placed back-to-back to completely fill each receive  
buffer. When this bit is cleared, each received packet is placed in a single buffer. If bit 28  
(multiChanMode) is set to 1, this bit must also be set to 1. The value of this bit must not be changed  
while bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.  
30  
isochHeader  
RSC  
When bit 30 is set to 1, received isochronous packets include the complete 4-byte isochronous  
packet header seen by the link layer. The end of the packet is marked with a xferStatus in the first  
doublet, and a 16-bit timeStamp indicating the time of the most recently received (or sent) cycleStart  
packet.  
When this bit is cleared, the packet header is stripped from received isochronous packets. The  
packet header, if received, immediately precedes the packet payload. The value of this bit must not  
be changed while bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.  
440  
Table 434. Isochronous Receive Context Control Register Description (Continued)  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
29  
cycleMatchEnable  
RSCU Whenbit29issetto1andthe13-bitcycleMatch field (bits 2412) in the isochronous receive context  
matchregister(SeeSection4.46, IsochronousReceiveContextMatchRegister)matchesthe13-bit  
cycleCount field in the cycleStart packet, the context begins running. The effects of this bit, however,  
are impacted by the values of other bits in this register. Once the context has become active,  
hardware clears this bit. The value of this bit must not be changed while bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run)  
is set to 1.  
28  
multiChanMode  
RSC  
When bit 28 is set to 1, the corresponding isochronous receive DMA context receives packets for  
all isochronous channels enabled in the isochronous receive channel mask high register at OHCI  
offset 70h/74h (see Section 4.19, Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register) and  
isochronous receive channel mask low register at OHCI offset 78h/7Ch (see Section 4.20,  
Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register). The isochronous channel number specified in  
the isochronous receive context match register (see Section 4.46, Isochronous Receive Context  
Match Register) is ignored.  
When this bit is cleared, the isochronous receive DMA context receives packets for the single  
channel specified in the isochronous receive context match register (see Section 4.46, Isochronous  
Receive Context Match Register). Only one isochronous receive DMA context may use the  
isochronous receive channel mask registers (see Sections 4.19, Isochronous Receive Channel  
Mask High Register, and 4.20, Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register). If more than one  
isochronous receive context control register has this bit set, the results are undefined. The value of  
this bit must not be changed while bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.  
27  
dualBufferMode  
RSC  
When bit 27 is set to 1, receive packets are separated into first and second payload and streamed  
independentlyto the firstBuffer series and secondBuffer series as described in Section 10.2.3 in the  
1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification. Also, when bit 27 is set to 1, both bits 28  
(multiChanMode) and 31 (bufferFill) are cleared to 0. The value of this bit does not change when  
either bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.  
2616  
RSVD  
run  
R
Reserved. Bits 2616 return 0s when read.  
15  
RSCU Bit 15 is set to 1 by software to enable descriptor processing for the context and cleared by software  
to stop descriptor processing. The TSB43AB23 device changes this bit only on a system (hardware)  
or software reset.  
1413  
RSVD  
wake  
R
Reserved. Bits 14 and 13 return 0s when read.  
12  
RSU  
Software sets bit 12 to 1 to cause the TSB43AB23 device to continue or resume descriptor  
processing. The TSB43AB23 device clears this bit on every descriptor fetch.  
11  
dead  
RU  
The TSB43AB23 device sets bit 11 to 1 when it encounters a fatal error, and clears the bit when  
software clears bit 15 (run).  
10  
active  
RSVD  
spd  
RU  
R
The TSB43AB23 device sets bit 10 to 1 when it is processing descriptors.  
Reserved. Bits 9 and 8 return 0s when read.  
98  
75  
RU  
This field indicates the speed at which the packet was received.  
000 = 100M bits/sec  
001 = 200M bits/sec  
010 = 400M bits/sec  
All other values are reserved.  
40  
event code  
RU  
For bufferFill mode, possible values are: ack_complete, evt_descriptor_read, evt_data_write, and  
evt_unknown. Packets with data errors (either dataLength mismatches or dataCRC errors) and  
packets for which a FIFO overrun occurred are backed out. For packet-per-buffer mode, possible  
values are: ack_complete, ack_data_error, evt_long_packet, evt_overrun, evt_descriptor_read,  
evt_data_write, and evt_unknown.  
441  
4.45 Isochronous Receive Context Command Pointer Register  
The isochronous receive context command pointer register contains a pointer to the address of the first descriptor  
block that the TSB43AB23 device accesses when software enables an isochronous receive context by setting bit 15  
(run) in the isochronous receive context control register (see Section 4.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control  
Register) to 1. The n value in the following register addresses indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3).  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Isochronous receive context command pointer  
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
9
R
X
8
R
X
7
R
X
6
R
X
5
R
X
4
R
X
3
R
X
2
R
X
1
R
X
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous receive context command pointer  
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Isochronous receive context command pointer  
40Ch + (32 * n)  
Read-only  
Default:  
XXXX XXXXh  
442  
4.46 Isochronous Receive Context Match Register  
The isochronous receive context match register starts an isochronous receive context running on a specified cycle  
number, filters incoming isochronous packets based on tag values, and waits for packets with a specified  
synchronous value. The n value in the following register addresses indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3). See  
Table 435 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Isochronous receive context match  
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous receive context match  
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R
0
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
R/W  
X
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Isochronous receive context match  
410Ch + (32 * n)  
Read/Write, Read-only  
XXXX XXXXh  
Default:  
Table 435. Isochronous Receive Context Match Register Description  
BIT  
31  
FIELD NAME  
tag3  
TYPE  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
DESCRIPTION  
If bit 31 is set to 1, this context matches on isochronous receive packets with a tag field of 11b.  
If bit 30 is set to 1, this context matches on isochronous receive packets with a tag field of 10b.  
If bit 29 is set to 1, this context matches on isochronous receive packets with a tag field of 01b.  
If bit 28 is set to 1, this context matches on isochronous receive packets with a tag field of 00b.  
Reserved. Bit 27 returns 0 when read.  
30  
tag2  
29  
tag1  
28  
tag0  
27  
RSVD  
2612  
cycleMatch  
R/W  
Thisfieldcontainsa15-bitvaluecorrespondingtothetwolow-orderbitsofcycleSecondsandthe13-bit  
cycleCount field in the cycleStart packet. If cycleMatchEnable (bit 29) in the isochronous receive  
context control register (see Section 4.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is set to 1,  
this context is enabled for receives when the two low-order bits of the isochronous cycle timer register  
at OHCI offset F0h (see Section 4.34, Isochronous Cycle Timer Register) cycleSeconds field  
(bits 3125) and cycleCount field (bits 2412) value equal this field (cycleMatch) value.  
118  
sync  
R/W  
This 4-bit field is compared to the sync field of each isochronous packet for this channel when the  
command descriptor w field is set to 11b.  
7
6
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bit 7 returns 0 when read.  
tag1SyncFilter  
R/W  
If bit 6 and bit 29 (tag1) are set to 1, packets with tag 01b are accepted into the context if the two most  
significant bits of the packet sync field are 00b. Packets with tag values other than 01b are filtered  
according to bit 28 (tag0), bit 30 (tag2), and bit 31 (tag3) without any additional restrictions.  
If this bit is cleared, this context matches on isochronous receive packets as specified in bits 2831  
(tag0tag3) with no additional restrictions.  
50  
channelNumber  
R/W  
This 6-bit field indicates the isochronous channel number for which this isochronous receive DMA  
context accepts packets.  
443  
5 TI Extension Registers  
The TI extension base address register provides a method of accessing memory-mapped TI extension registers. See  
Section 3.10, TI Extension Base Address Register, for register bit field details. See Table 51 for the TI extension  
register listing.  
Table 51. TI Extension Register Map  
REGISTER NAME  
OFFSET  
00hA7Fh  
A80h  
Reserved  
Isochronous Receive DV Enhancement Set  
Isochronous Receive DV Enhancement Clear  
Link Enhancement Control Set  
A84h  
A88h  
Link Enhancement Control Clear  
A8Ch  
A90h  
Isochronous Transmit Context 0 Timestamp Offset  
Isochronous Transmit Context 1 Timestamp Offset  
Isochronous Transmit Context 2 Timestamp Offset  
Isochronous Transmit Context 3 Timestamp Offset  
Isochronous Transmit Context 4 Timestamp Offset  
Isochronous Transmit Context 5 Timestamp Offset  
Isochronous Transmit Context 6 Timestamp Offset  
Isochronous Transmit Context 7 Timestamp Offset  
A94h  
A98h  
A9Ch  
AA0h  
AA4h  
AA8h  
AA8h  
5.1 DV and MPEG2 Timestamp Enhancements  
The DV timestamp enhancements are enabled by bit 8 (enab_dv_ts) in the link enhancement control register located  
at PCI offset F4h and are aliased in TI extension register space at offset A88h (set) and A8Ch (clear).  
The DV and MPEG transmit enhancements are enabled separately by bits in the link enhancement control register  
located in PCI configuration space at PCI offset F4h. The link enhancement control register is also aliased as a  
set/clear register in TI extension space at offset A88h (set) and A8Ch (clear).  
Bit 8 (enab_dv_ts) of the link enhancement control register enables DV timestamp support. When enabled, the link  
calculates a timestamp based on the cycle timer and the timestamp offset register and substitutes it in the SYT field  
of the CIP once per DV frame.  
Bit 10 (enab_mpeg_ts) of the link enhancement control register enables MPEG timestamp support. Two MPEG time  
stamp modes are supported. The default mode calculates an initial delta that is added to the calculated timestamp  
in addition to a user-defined offset. The initial offset is calculated as the difference in the intended transmit cycle count  
and the cycle count field of the timestamp in the first TSP of the MPEG2 stream. The use of the initial delta can be  
controlled by bit 31 (DisableInitialOffset) in the timestamp offset register (see Section 5.5, Timestamp Offset  
Register).  
The MPEG2 timestamp enhancements are enabled by bit 10 (enab_mpeg_ts) in the link enhancement control  
register located at PCI offset F4h and aliased in TI extension register space at offset A88h (set) and A8Ch (clear).  
When bit 10 (enab_mpeg_ts) is set to 1, the hardware applies the timestamp enhancements to isochronous transmit  
packets that have the tag field equal to 01b in the isochronous packet header and a FMT field equal to 10h.  
51  
5.2 Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements  
The DV frame synchronous and branch enhancement provides a mechanism in buffer-fill mode to synchronize 1394  
DV data that is received in the correct order to DV frame-sized data buffers described by several INPUT_MORE  
descriptors (see 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification, Revision 1.1). This is accomplished by waiting  
for the start-of-frame packet in a DV stream before transferring the received isochronous stream into the memory  
buffer described by the INPUT_MORE descriptors. This can improve the DV capture application performance by  
reducing the amount of processing overhead required to strip the CIP header and copy the received packets into  
frame-sized buffers.  
The start of a DV frame is represented in the 1394 packet as a 16-bit pattern of 1FX7h (first byte 1Fh and second  
byte X7h) received as the first two bytes of the third quadlet in a DV isochronous packet.  
5.3 Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register  
The isochronous receive digital video enhancements register enables the DV enhancements in the TSB43AB23  
device. The bits in this register may only be modified when both the active (bit 10) and run (bit 15) bits of the  
corresponding context control register are 0. See Table 52 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Isochronous receive digital video enhancements  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Isochronous receive digital video enhancements  
R
0
R
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
R
0
R
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
R
0
R
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
R
0
R
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Isochronous receive digital video enhancements  
A80h  
A84h  
set register  
clear register  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear, read-only  
0000 0000h  
Table 52. Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register Description  
BIT  
3114  
13  
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
R
DESCRIPTION  
Reserved. Bits 3114 return 0s when read.  
DV_Branch3  
RSC  
When bit 13 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 3 synchronizes reception to the DV frame start  
tag in bufferfill mode if input_more.b = 01b, and jumps to the descriptor pointed to by frameBranch if  
a DV frame start tag is received out of place. This bit is only interpreted when bit 12 (CIP_Strip3) is  
set to 1 and bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at OHCI offset  
460h/464h (see Section 4.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is cleared to 0.  
12  
CIP_Strip3  
RSC  
When bit 12 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 3 strips the first two quadlets of payload. This  
bit is only interpreted when bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at  
OHCI offset 460h/464h (see Section 4.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is cleared  
to 0.  
1110  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 11 and 10 return 0s when read.  
9
DV_Branch2  
RSC  
When bit 9 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 2 synchronizes reception to the DV frame start  
tag in bufferfill mode if input_more.b = 01b, and jumps to the descriptor pointed to by frameBranch if  
a DV frame start tag is received out of place. This bit is only interpreted when bit 8 (CIP_Strip2) is set  
to 1 and bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at OHCI offset  
440h/444h (see Section 4.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is cleared to 0.  
52  
Table 52. Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register Description (Continued)  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
8
CIP_Strip2  
RSC  
When bit 8 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 2 strips the first two quadlets of payload. This  
bit is only interpreted when bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at  
OHCI offset 440h/444h (see Section 4.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is cleared  
to 0.  
76  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 7 and 6 return 0s when read.  
5
DV_Branch1  
RSC  
When bit 5 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 1 synchronizes reception to the DV frame start  
tag in bufferfill mode if input_more.b = 01b, and jumps to the descriptor pointed to by frameBranch if  
a DV frame start tag is received out of place. This bit is only interpreted when bit 4 (CIP_Strip1) is set  
to 1 and bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at OHCI offset  
420h/424h (see Section 4.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is cleared to 0.  
4
CIP_Strip1  
RSC  
When bit 4 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 1 strips the first two quadlets of payload. This  
bit is only interpreted when bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at  
OHCI offset 420h/424h (see Section 4.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is cleared  
to 0.  
32  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 3 and 2 return 0s when read.  
1
DV_Branch0  
RSC  
When bit 1 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 0 synchronizes reception to the DV frame start  
tag in bufferfill mode if input_more.b = 01b and jumps to the descriptor pointed to by frameBranch if  
a DV frame start tag is received out of place. This bit is only interpreted when bit 0 (CIP_Strip0) is set  
to 1 and bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at OHCI offset  
400h/404h (see Section 4.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is cleared to 0.  
0
CIP_Strip0  
RSC  
When bit 0 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 0 strips the first two quadlets of payload. This  
bit is only interpreted when bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at  
OHCI offset 400h/404h (see Section 4.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is cleared  
to 0.  
53  
5.4 Link Enhancement Register  
This register is a memory-mapped set/clear register that is an alias of the link enhancement control register at PCI  
offset F4h. These bits may be initialized by software. Some of the bits may also be initialized by a serial EEPROM,  
if one is present, as noted in the bit descriptions below. If the bits are to be initialized by software, the bits must be  
initialized prior to setting bit 19 (LPS) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16,  
Host Controller Control Register). See Table 53 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Link enhancement  
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Link enhancement  
RSC  
0
R
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
1
R
0
RSC  
0
R
0
RSC  
0
RSC  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSC  
0
R
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Link enhancement  
A88h  
A8Ch  
set register  
clear register  
Type:  
Default:  
Read/Set/Clear, read-only  
0000 0000h  
Table 53. Link Enhancement Register Description  
BIT  
3116  
15  
FIELD NAME  
RSVD  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
Reserved. Bits 3116 return 0s when read.  
R
dis_at_pipeline  
RSVD  
RSC  
R
Disable AT pipelining. When bit 15 is set to 1, out-of-order AT pipelining is disabled.  
Reserved.  
14  
1312  
atx_thresh  
RSC  
This field sets the initial AT threshold value, which is used until the AT FIFO is underrun. When the  
TSB43AB23 device retries the packet, it uses a 2K-byte threshold, resulting in a store-and-forward  
operation.  
00 = Threshold ~ 2K bytes resulting in a store-and-forward operation  
01 = Threshold ~ 1.7K bytes (default)  
10 = Threshold ~ 1K bytes  
11 = Threshold ~ 512 bytes  
These bits fine-tune the asynchronous transmit threshold. For most applications the 1.7K-byte  
threshold is optimal. Changing this value may increase or decrease the 1394 latency depending on  
the average PCI bus latency.  
SettingtheATthresholdto1.7K, 1K, or512bytesresultsindatabeingtransmittedatthesethresholds  
or when an entire packet has been checked into the FIFO. If the packet to be transmitted is larger  
thantheATthreshold, theremainingdatamustbereceivedbeforetheATFIFOisemptied;otherwise,  
an underrun condition occurs, resulting in a packet error at the receiving node. As a result, the link  
then commences store-and-forward operation. Wait until it has the complete packet in the FIFO  
before retransmitting it on the second attempt, to ensure delivery.  
An AT threshold of 2K results in store-and-forward operation, which means that asynchronous data  
will not be transmitted until an end-of-packet token is received. Restated, setting the AT threshold  
to 2K results in only complete packets being transmitted.  
Notethat this device always uses store-and-forward when the asynchronous transmit retries register  
at OHCI offset 08h (see Section 4.3, Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register) is cleared.  
11  
10  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bit 11 returns 0 when read.  
enab_mpeg_ts  
RSC  
Enable MPEG timestamp enhancements. When bit 10 is set to 1, the enhancement is enabled for  
MPEG transmit streams (FMT = 20h).  
9
8
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bit 9 returns 0 when read.  
enab_dv_ts  
RSC  
Enable DV CIP timestamp enhancement. When bit 8 is set to 1, the enhancement is enabled for DV  
CIP transmit streams (FMT = 00h).  
54  
Table 53. Link Enhancement Register Description (Continued)  
7
6
enab_unfair  
RSVD  
RSC  
Enable asynchronous priority requests. iOHCI-Lynx compatible. Setting bit 7 to 1 enables the link  
to respond to requests with priority arbitration. It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.  
R
This bit is not assigned in the TSB43AB23 follow-on products, since this bit location loaded by the  
serial EEPROM from the enhancements field corresponds to bit 23 (programPhyEnable) in the host  
controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 4.16, Host Controller Control  
Register).  
52  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 52 return 0s when read.  
1
enab_accel  
RSC  
Enable acceleration enhancements. iOHCI-Lynx compatible. When bit 1 is set to 1, the PHY layer  
is notified that the link supports the IEEE Std 1394a-2000 acceleration enhancements, that is,  
ack-accelerated, fly-by concatenation, etc. It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.  
0
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bit 0 returns 0 when read.  
5.5 Timestamp Offset Register  
The value of this register is added as an offset to the cycle timer value when using the MPEG, DV, and CIP  
enhancements. A timestamp offset register is implemented per isochronous transmit context. The n value following  
the offset indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3, , 7). These registers are programmed by software as  
appropriate. See Table 54 for a complete description of the register contents.  
Bit  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
Name  
Type  
Default  
Bit  
Timestamp offset  
R/W  
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Type  
Default  
Timestamp offset  
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
R/W  
0
Register:  
Offset:  
Type:  
Timestamp offset  
A90h + (4*n)  
Read/Write, read-only  
0000 0000h  
Default:  
Table 54. Timestamp Offset Register Description  
BIT  
FIELD NAME  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
31  
DisableInitialOffset  
R/W  
Bit 31 disables the use of the initial timestamp offset when the MPEG2 enhancements are enabled.  
A value of 0 indicates the use of the initial offset, a value of 1 indicates that the initial offset must not  
be applied to the calculated timestamp. This bit has no meaning for the DV timestamp  
enhancements.  
3025  
2412  
RSVD  
R
Reserved. Bits 3025 return 0s when read.  
CycleCount  
R/W  
This field adds an offset to the cycle count field in the timestamp when the DV or MPEG2  
enhancements are enabled. The cycle count field is incremented modulo 8000; therefore, values in  
this field must be limited between 0 and 7999.  
110  
CycleOffset  
R/W  
This field adds an offset to the cycle offset field in the timestamp when the DV or MPEG2  
enhancements are enabled. The cycle offset field is incremented modulo 3072; therefore, values in  
this field must be limited between 0 and 3071.  
55  
6 Serial EEPROM Interface  
The TSB43AB23 device provides a serial bus interface to initialize the GUID registers and a few PCI configuration  
registers through a serial EEPROM. The TSB43AB23 device communicates with the serial EEPROM via the 2-wire  
serial interface.  
After power up the serial interface initializes the locations listed in Table 61. While the TSB43AB23 device accesses  
the serial EEPROM, all incoming PCI slave accesses are terminated with retry status. Table 62 shows the serial  
EEPROM memory map required for initializing the TSB43AB23 registers.  
NOTE: If an EEPROM is implemented in the design, byte offsets 00h16h must be  
programmed. An unprogrammed EEPROM defaults to all 1s, which can adversely impact  
device operation.  
Table 61. Registers and Bits Loadable Through Serial EEPROM  
OHCI/PCI  
CONFIGURATION  
OFFSET  
REGISTER BITS  
LOADED  
FROM EEPROM  
EEPROM BYTE OFFSET  
REGISTER NAME  
00h  
PCI register (3Eh)  
PCI register (2Dh)  
PCI register (2Ch)  
OHCI register (50h)  
PCI register (F4h)  
OHCI register (04h)  
OHCI register (24h)  
OHCI register (28h)  
PCI register (F4h)  
PCI register (F0h)  
PCI register (ECh)  
PCI maximum latency, PCI minimum grant  
Vendor identification  
Subsystem identification  
Host controller control  
Link enhancement control  
GUID ROM  
150  
150  
150  
23  
01h  
03h  
05h (bit 6)  
05h  
7, 6, 1  
70  
06h  
07h0Ah  
0Bh0Eh  
10h  
GUID high  
310  
310  
1512  
15, 4  
70  
GUID low  
Link enhancement control  
Miscellaneous configuration  
11h12h  
16h  
PCI PHY control  
Bits 20 at EEPROM byte offset 11h must be programmed to 000b to ensure proper functioning. By default, unprogrammed EEPROM  
bits are 1.  
Bits 64 and 20 at EEPROM byte offset 16h must be programmed to 0 to ensure proper functioning. Bit 3 must be programmed to 1.  
If CNA functionality is desired on terminal 96, bit 7 must be programmed to 1; otherwise, bit 7 can be programmed to 0.  
61  
Table 62. Serial EEPROM Map  
EEPROM  
BYTE  
BYTE DESCRIPTION  
ADDRESS  
00  
01  
02  
03  
04  
PCI maximum latency (0h)  
PCI_minimum grant (0h)  
PCI vendor ID  
PCI vendor ID (msbyte)  
PCI subsystem ID (lsbyte)  
PCI subsystem ID (msbyte)  
[53]  
[7]  
[6]  
[2]  
[1]  
[0]  
RSVD  
Link_enhancement  
HCControl.  
RSVD  
RSVD  
Link_enhancement  
Control.enab_accel  
05  
Control.enab_unfair ProgramPhy  
Enable  
[76]  
RSVD  
Mini  
ROM  
[43]  
RSVD  
06  
address  
07  
08  
09  
0A  
0B  
0C  
0D  
0E  
0F  
GUID high (lsbyte 0)  
GUID high (byte 1)  
GUID high (byte 2)  
GUID high (msbyte 3)  
GUID low (lsbyte 0)  
GUID low (byte 1)  
GUID low (byte 2)  
GUID low (msbyte 3)  
Checksum  
[15]  
dis_at_pipeline  
[14]  
RSVD  
[1312]  
ATX threshold  
[118]  
RSVD  
10  
[75]  
RSVD  
[4]  
Disable  
Target  
Abort  
[30]  
RSVD  
§
11  
[15]  
PME D3 Cold  
[148]  
RSVD  
12  
13  
[70]  
RSVD  
[70]  
RSVD  
14  
15  
RSVD  
[7]  
[64]  
RSVD  
[3]  
RSVD  
[20]  
RSVD  
16  
CNA OUT Enable  
171F  
RSVD  
§
Bit 2 at EEPROM byte offset 05h must be programmed to 0b.  
Bit 14 must be programmed to 0 for normal operation.  
Bits 20 at EEPROM byte offset 11h must be programmed to 000b to ensure proper functioning. By default, unprogrammed EEPROM bits are  
1.  
Bits 64 and 20 at EEPROM byte offset 16h must be programmed to 0 to ensure proper functioning. Bit 3 must be programmed to 1. If CNA  
functionality is desired on terminal 96, bit 7 must be programmed to 1; otherwise, bit 7 can be programmed to 0.  
62  
7 PHY Register Configuration  
There are 16 accessible internal registers in the TSB43AB23 device. The configuration of the registers at addresses  
0h through 7h (the base registers) is fixed, whereas the configuration of the registers at addresses 8h through Fh (the  
paged registers) is dependent upon which one of eight pages, numbered 0h through 7h, is currently selected. The  
selected page is set in base register 7h.  
7.1 Base Registers  
Table 71 shows the configuration of the base registers, and Table 72 shows the corresponding field descriptions.  
The base register field definitions are unaffected by the selected page number.  
A reserved register or register field (marked as reserved in the following register configuration tables) is read as 0,  
but is subject to future usage. All registers in address pages 2 through 6 are reserved.  
Table 71. Base Register Configuration  
BIT POSITION  
ADDRESS  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0100  
0101  
0110  
0111  
Physical ID  
R
CPS  
RHB  
IBR  
Extended (111b)  
Max_Speed (010b)  
C
Gap_Count  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Jitter (000b)  
Pwr_fail  
Total_Ports (0011b)  
Delay (0000b)  
LCtrl  
Pwr_Class  
Watchdog  
ISBR  
Loop  
Timeout  
Port_event Enab_accel Enab_multi  
Port_Select  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Page_Select  
71  
Table 72. Base Register Field Descriptions  
FIELD  
SIZE TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
Physical ID  
6
1
1
R
R
R
This field contains the physical address ID of this node determined during self-ID. The physical ID is invalid  
after a bus reset until self-ID has completed as indicated by an unsolicited register-0 status transfer.  
R
Root. This bit indicates that this node is the root node. The R bit is cleared to 0 by bus reset and is set to 1  
during tree-ID if this node becomes root.  
CPS  
Cable-power-status. This bit indicates the state of the CPS input terminal. The CPS terminal is normally tied  
to serial bus cable power through a 400-kresistor. A 0 in this bit indicates that the cable power voltage has  
dropped below its threshold for ensured reliable operation.  
RHB  
IBR  
1
1
R/W  
R/W  
Root-holdoff bit. This bit instructs the PHY layer to attempt to become root after the next bus reset. The RHB  
bit is cleared to 0 by a system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by a bus reset.  
Initiate bus reset. This bit instructs the PHY layer to initiate a long (166 µs) bus reset at the next opportunity.  
Any receive or transmit operation in progress when this bit is set will complete before the bus reset is  
initiated. The IBR bit is cleared to 0 after a system (hardware) reset or a bus reset.  
Gap_Count  
6
R/W  
Arbitration gap count. This value sets the subaction (fair) gap, arb-reset gap, and arb-delay times. The gap  
count can be set either by a write to the register, or by reception or transmission of a PHY_CONFIG packet.  
The gap count is reset to 3Fh by system (hardware) reset or after two consecutive bus resets without an  
intervening write to the gap count register (either by a write to the PHY register or by a PHY_CONFIG  
packet).  
Extended  
3
4
R
R
Extended register definition. For the TSB43AB23 device, this field is 111b, indicating that the extended  
register set is implemented.  
Total_Ports  
Numberof ports. This field indicates the number of ports implemented in the PHY layer. For the TSB43AB23  
device this field is 3.  
Max_Speed  
Delay  
3
4
R
R
PHY speed capability. For the TSB43AB23 PHY layer this field is 010b, indicating S400 speed capability.  
PHYrepeaterdatadelay. ThisfieldindicatestheworstcaserepeaterdatadelayofthePHYlayer, expressed  
as 144+(delay × 20) ns. For the TSB43AB23 device this field is 0.  
LCtrl  
1
R/W  
Link-active status control. This bit controls the active status of the LLC as indicated during self-ID. The  
logicalANDofthisbitandtheLPSactivestatusisreplicatedintheLfield(bit9)oftheself-IDpacket.TheLLC  
is considered active only if both the LPS input is active and the LCtrl bit is set.  
TheLCtrl bit providesasoftwarecontrollablemeanstoindicatetheLLCactive/statusinlieuofusingtheLPS  
input.  
The LCtrl bit is set to 1 by a system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by a bus reset.  
NOTE: The state of the PHY-LLCinterfaceiscontrolledsolelybytheLPSinput, regardlessofthestateofthe  
LCtrl bit. If the PHY-LLC interface is operational as determined by the LPS input being active, received  
packetsandstatusinformationcontinuestobepresentedontheinterface,andanyrequestsindicatedonthe  
LREQ input are processed, even if the LCtrl bit is cleared to 0.  
C
1
3
3
R/W  
R
Contender status. This bit indicates that this node is a contender for the bus or isochronous resource  
manager. This bit is replicated in the c field (bit 20) of the self-ID packet.  
Jitter  
PHY repeater jitter. This field indicates the worst case difference between the fastest and slowest repeater  
data delay, expressed as (Jitter+1) × 20 ns. For the TSB43AB23 device, this field is 0.  
Pwr_Class  
R/W  
Node power class. This field indicates this node power consumption and source characteristics and is  
replicated in the pwr field (bits 2123) of the self-ID packet. This field is reset to the state specified by the  
PC0PC2 input terminals upon a system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by a bus reset. See Table 79.  
Watchdog  
1
R/W  
Watchdog enable. This bit, if set to 1, enables the port event interrupt (Port_event) bit to be set whenever  
resumeoperationsbeginonanyport. Thisbitisclearedto0bysystem(hardware)resetandisunaffectedby  
bus reset.  
72  
Table 72. Base Register Field Descriptions (Continued)  
FIELD  
ISBR  
SIZE TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
1
R/W  
Initiate short arbitrated bus reset. This bit, if set to 1, instructs the PHY layer to initiate a short (1.3 µs)  
arbitrated bus reset at the next opportunity. This bit is cleared to 0 by a bus reset.  
NOTE: Legacy IEEE Std 1394-1995 compliant PHY layers can not be capable of performing short bus  
resets. Therefore, initiation of a short bus reset in a network that contains such a legacy device results in a  
long bus reset being performed.  
Loop  
1
R/W  
Loop detect. This bit is set to 1 when the arbitration controller times out during tree-ID start and may indicate  
that the bus is configured in a loop. This bit is cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset or by writing a 1 to this  
register bit.  
If the Loop and Watchdog bits are both set and the LLC is or becomes inactive, the PHY layer activates the  
LLC to service the interrupt.  
NOTE: If the network is configured in a loop, only those nodes which are part of the loop generate a  
configuration-timeoutinterrupt. Allothernodesinsteadtimeoutwaitingforthetree-IDand/orself-IDprocess  
to complete and then generate a state time-out interrupt and bus-reset.  
Pwr_fail  
1
R/W  
Cable power failure detect. This bit is set to 1 whenever the CPS input transitions from high to low indicating  
that cable power may be too low for reliable operation. This bit is cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset or  
by writing a 1 to this register bit.  
Timeout  
1
1
R/W  
R/W  
State time-out interrupt. This bit indicates that a state time-out has occurred (which also causes a bus reset  
to occur). This bit is cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset or by writing a 1 to this register bit.  
Port_event  
Porteventdetect. Thisbitissetto1uponachangeinthebias(unlessdisabled)connected, disabled, orfault  
bits for any port for which the port interrupt enable (Int_enable) bit is set. Additionally, if the Watchdog bit is  
set, the Port_event bit is set to 1 at the start of resume operations on any port. This bit is cleared to 0 by  
system (hardware) reset or by writing a 1 to this register bit.  
Enab_accel  
Enab_multi  
1
1
R/W  
R/W  
Enableacceleratedarbitration. ThisbitenablesthePHYlayertoperformthevariousarbitrationacceleration  
enhancements defined in IEEE Std 1394a-2000 (ACK-accelerated arbitration, asynchronous fly-by  
concatenation, and isochronous fly-by concatenation). This bit is cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset  
and is unaffected by bus reset.  
Enable multispeed concatenated packets. This bit enables the PHY layer to transmit concatenated packets  
of differing speeds in accordance with the protocols defined in IEEE Std 1394a-2000. This bit is cleared to 0  
by system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by bus reset.  
Page_Select  
Port_Select  
3
4
R/W  
R/W  
Page_Select. This field selects the register page to use when accessing register addresses 8 through 15.  
This field is cleared to 0 by a system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by bus reset.  
Port_Select. This field selects the port when accessing per-port status or control (for example, when one of  
theport status/control registers is accessed in page 0). Ports are numbered starting at 0. This field is cleared  
to 0 by system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by bus reset.  
73  
7.2 Port Status Register  
Theportstatuspageprovidesaccesstoconfigurationandstatusinformationforeachoftheports. Theportisselected  
by writing 0 to the Page_Select field and the desired port number to the Port_Select field in base register 7. Table 73  
shows the configuration of the port status page registers and Table 74 shows the corresponding field descriptions.  
If the selected port is not implemented, all registers in the port status page are read as 0.  
Table 73. Page 0 (Port Status) Register Configuration  
BIT POSITION  
ADDRESS  
1000  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AStat  
Peer_Speed  
BStat  
Int_enable  
Ch  
Con  
Bias  
Dis  
1001  
Fault  
Reserved  
1010  
Reserved  
1011  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
Table 74. Page 0 (Port Status) Register Field Descriptions  
FIELD  
AStat  
SIZE TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
2
R
TPA line state. This field indicates the TPA line state of the selected port, encoded as follows:  
Code  
11  
Arb Value  
Z
10  
01  
0
1
00  
invalid  
BStat  
Ch  
2
1
R
R
TPBlinestate. ThisfieldindicatestheTPBlinestateoftheselectedport. Thisfieldhasthesameencodingas  
the AStat field.  
Child/parent status. A 1 indicates that the selected port is a child port. A 0 indicates that the selected port is  
the parent port. A disconnected, disabled, or suspended port is reported as a child port. The Ch bit is invalid  
after a bus reset until tree-ID has completed.  
Con  
1
R
Debounced port connection status. This bit indicates that the selected port is connected. The connection  
must be stable for the debounce time of approximately 341 ms for the Con bit to be set to 1. The Con bit is  
cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by bus reset.  
NOTE: The Con bit indicates that the port is physically connected to a peer PHY device, but the port is not  
necessarily active.  
Bias  
Dis  
1
1
R
Debouncedincoming cable bias status. A 1 indicates that the selected port is detecting incoming cable bias.  
The incoming cable bias must be stable for the debounce time of 52 µs for the Bias bit to be set to 1.  
R/W  
Port disabled control. If the Dis bit is set to 1, the selected port is disabled. The Dis bit is cleared to 0 by  
system (hardware) reset (all ports are enabled for normal operation following system (hardware) reset). The  
Dis bit is not affected by bus reset.  
Peer_Speed  
3
R
Port peer speed. This field indicates the highest speed capability of the peer PHY device connected to the  
selected port, encoded as follows:  
Code  
000  
Peer Speed  
S100  
001  
S200  
010  
S400  
011111  
invalid  
The Peer_Speed field is invalid after a bus reset until self-ID has completed.  
NOTE: Peer speed codes higher than 010b (S400) are defined in IEEE Std 1394a-2000. However, the  
TSB43AB23 device is only capable of detecting peer speeds up to S400.  
74  
Table 74. Page 0 (Port Status) Register Field Descriptions (Continued)  
FIELD  
SIZE TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
Int_enable  
1
R/W  
Port event interrupt enable. When the Int_enable bit is set to 1, a port event on the selected port sets the port  
event interrupt (Port_event) bit and notifies the link. This bit is cleared to 0 by a system (hardware) reset and  
is unaffected by bus reset.  
Fault  
1
R/W  
Fault. This bit indicates that a resume-fault or suspend-fault has occurred on the selected port, and that the  
port is in the suspended state. A resume-fault occurs when a resuming port fails to detect incoming cable  
bias from its attached peer. A suspend-fault occurs when a suspending port continues to detect incoming  
cable bias from its attached peer. Writing 1 to this bit clears the fault bit to 0. This bit is cleared to 0 by system  
(hardware) reset and is unaffected by bus reset.  
7.3 Vendor Identification Register  
The vendor identification page identifies the vendor/manufacturer and compliance level. The page is selected by  
writing 1 to the Page_Select field in base register 7. Table 75 shows the configuration of the vendor identification  
page, and Table 76 shows the corresponding field descriptions.  
Table 75. Page 1 (Vendor ID) Register Configuration  
BIT POSITION  
ADDRESS  
1000  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Compliance  
Reserved  
1001  
1010  
Vendor_ID[0]  
Vendor_ID[1]  
Vendor_ID[2]  
Product_ID[0]  
Product_ID[1]  
Product_ID[2]  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
Table 76. Page 1 (Vendor ID) Register Field Descriptions  
FIELD  
SIZE TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
Compliance  
8
R
R
R
Compliance level. For the TSB43AB23 device this field is 01h, indicating compliance with IEEE Std  
1394a-2000.  
Vendor_ID  
Product_ID  
24  
24  
Manufacturers organizationally unique identifier (OUI). For the TSB43AB23 device this field is 08 0028h  
(Texas Instruments) (the MSB is at register address 1010b).  
Product identifier. For the TSB43AB23 device this field is 42 4499h (the MSB is at register address 1101b).  
75  
7.4 Vendor-Dependent Register  
The vendor-dependent page provides access to the special control features of the TSB43AB23 device, as well as  
to configuration and status information used in manufacturing test and debug. This page is selected by writing 7 to  
the Page_Select field in base register 7. Table 77 shows the configuration of the vendor-dependent page, and  
Table 78 shows the corresponding field descriptions.  
Table 77. Page 7 (Vendor-Dependent) Register Configuration  
BIT POSITION  
ADDRESS  
1000  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NPA  
Reserved  
Link_Speed  
1001  
Reserved for test  
Reserved for test  
Reserved for test  
Reserved for test  
Reserved for test  
Reserved for test  
Reserved for test  
1010  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
Table 78. Page 7 (Vendor-Dependent) Register Field Descriptions  
FIELD  
SIZE TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
NPA  
1
R/W  
Null-packet actions flag. This bit instructs the PHY layer to not clear fair and priority requests when a null  
packet is received with arbitration acceleration enabled. If this bit is set to 1, fair and priority requests are  
cleared only when a packet of more than 8 bits is received; ACK packets (exactly 8 data bits), null packets  
(nodatabits), andmalformedpackets(lessthan8databits)donotclearfairandpriorityrequests. Ifthisbitis  
cleared to 0, fair and priority requests are cleared when any non-ACK packet is received, including null  
packets or malformed packets of less than 8 bits. This bit is cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset and is  
unaffected by bus reset.  
Link_Speed  
2
R/W  
Link speed. This field indicates the top speed capability of the attached LLC. Encoding is as follows:  
Code  
00  
01  
10  
11  
Speed  
S100  
S200  
S400  
illegal  
This field is replicated in the sp field of the self-ID packet to indicate the speed capability of the node (PHY  
and LLC in combination). However, this field does not affect the PHY speed capability indicated to peer  
PHYs during self-ID; the TSB43AB23 PHY layer identifies itself as S400 capable to its peers regardless of  
the value in this field. This field is set to 10b (S400) by system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by bus  
reset.  
76  
7.5 Power-Class Programming  
The PC0PC2 terminals are programmed to set the default value of the power-class indicated in the pwr field  
(bits 2123) of the transmitted self-ID packet. Table 79 shows the descriptions of the various power classes. The  
default power-class value is loaded following a system (hardware) reset, but is overridden by any value subsequently  
loaded into the Pwr_Class field in register 4.  
Table 79. Power Class Descriptions  
PC0PC2  
000  
DESCRIPTION  
Node does not need power and does not repeat power.  
001  
Node is self-powered and provides a minimum of 15 W to the bus.  
010  
Node is self-powered and provides a minimum of 30 W to the bus.  
011  
Node is self-powered and provides a minimum of 45 W to the bus.  
100  
Node may be powered from the bus and is using up to 3 W. No additional power is needed to enable the link.  
Reserved  
101  
110  
Node is powered from the bus and uses up to 3 W. An additional 3 W is needed to enable the link.  
Node is powered from the bus and uses up to 3 W. An additional 7 W is needed to enable the link.  
111  
77  
8 Application Information  
8.1 PHY Port Cable Connection  
TSB43AB23  
CPS  
400 kΩ  
Cable  
Power  
Pair  
1 µF  
TPBIAS  
56 Ω  
56 Ω  
TPA+  
Cable  
Pair  
A
TPA–  
Cable Port  
TPB+  
Cable  
Pair  
B
TPB–  
56 Ω  
56 Ω  
5 kΩ  
220 pF  
(see Note A)  
Outer Shield  
Termination  
NOTE A: IEEE Std 1394-1995 calls for a 250-pF capacitor, which is a nonstandard component value. A 220-pF capacitor is recommended.  
Figure 81. TP Cable Connections  
81  
Outer Cable Shield  
1 MΩ  
0.01 µF  
0.001µF  
Chassis Ground  
Figure 82. Typical Compliant DC Isolated Outer Shield Termination  
Outer Cable Shield  
Chassis Ground  
Figure 83. Non-DC Isolated Outer Shield Termination  
8.2 Crystal Selection  
The TSB43AB23 device is designed to use an external 24.576-MHz crystal connected between the XI and XO pins  
to provide the reference for an internal oscillator circuit. This oscillator in turn drives a PLL circuit that generates the  
various clocks required for transmission and resynchronization of data at the S100 through S400 media data rates.  
A variation of less than ±100 ppm from nominal for the media data rates is required by IEEE Std 1394-1995. Adjacent  
PHYs may therefore have a difference of up to 200 ppm from each other in their internal clocks, and PHY devices  
must be able to compensate for this difference over the maximum packet length. Large clock variations may cause  
resynchronization overflows or underflows, resulting in corrupted packet data.  
The following are some typical specifications for crystals used with the PHYs from TI in order to achieve the required  
frequency accuracy and stability:  
Crystal mode of operation: Fundamental  
Frequency tolerance @ 25°C: Total frequency variation for the complete circuit is ±100 ppm. A crystal with  
±30 ppm frequency tolerance is recommended for adequate margin.  
Frequency stability (over temperature and age): A crystal with ±30 ppm frequency stability is recommended  
for adequate margin.  
NOTE: The total frequency variation must be kept below ±100 ppm from nominal with some  
allowance for error introduced by board and device variations. Trade-offs between frequency  
tolerance and stability may be made as long as the total frequency variation is less than  
±100 ppm. For example, the frequency tolerance of the crystal may be specified at 50 ppm and  
the temperature tolerance may be specified at 30 ppm to give a total of 80 ppm possible  
variation due to the crystal alone. Crystal aging also contributes to the frequency variation.  
Load capacitance: For parallel resonant mode crystal circuits, the frequency of oscillation is dependent  
upon the load capacitance specified for the crystal. Total load capacitance (C ) is a function of not only the  
L
discrete load capacitors, but also board layout and circuit. It is recommended that load capacitors with a  
maximum of ±5% tolerance be used.  
82  
For example, load capacitors (C9 and C10 in Figure 84) of 16 pF each were appropriate for the layout of the  
TSB43AB23 evaluation module (EVM), which uses a crystal specified for 12-pF loading. The load specified for the  
crystal includes the load capacitors (C9 and C10), the loading of the PHY pins (C  
), and the loading of the board  
PHY  
itself(C ).ThevalueofC  
istypicallyabout1pF,andC istypically0.8pFpercentimeterofboardetch;atypical  
BD  
PHY  
BD  
board can have 3 pF to 6 pF or more. The load capacitors C9 and C10 combine as capacitors in series so that the  
total load capacitance is:  
C9   C10  
C9 ) C10  
C
+
) C  
) C  
L
PHY  
BD  
C9  
X1  
X0  
X1  
C
+ C  
BD  
PHY  
24.576 MHz  
I
S
C10  
Figure 84. Load Capacitance for the TSB43AB23 PHY  
The layout of the crystal portion of the PHY circuit is important for obtaining the correct frequency, minimizing noise  
introduced into the PHY phase-lock loop, and minimizing any emissions from the circuit. The crystal and two load  
capacitors must be considered as a unit during layout. The crystal and the load capacitors must be placed as close  
as possible to one another while minimizing the loop area created by the combination of the three components.  
Varying the size of the capacitors may help in this. Minimizing the loop area minimizes the effect of the resonant  
current (Is) that flows in this resonant circuit. This layout unit (crystal and load capacitors) must then be placed as  
close as possible to the PHY X1 and X0 pins to minimize etch lengths, as shown in Figure 85.  
C9  
C10  
X1  
For more details on crystal selection, see application report SLLA051 available from the TI website:  
http://www.ti.com/sc/1394.  
Figure 85. Recommended Crystal and Capacitor Layout  
8.3 Bus Reset  
In the TSB43AB23 device, the initiate bus reset (IBR) bit may be set to 1 in order to initiate a bus reset and initialization  
sequence. The IBR bit is located in PHY register 1, along with the root-holdoff bit (RHB) and Gap_Count field, as  
required by IEEE Std 1394a-2000. Therefore, whenever the IBR bit is written, the RHB and Gap_Count are also  
written.  
The RHB and Gap_Count may also be updated by PHY-config packets. The TSB43AB23 device is IEEE 1394a-2000  
compliant, and therefore both the reception and transmission of PHY-config packets cause the RHB and Gap_Count  
to be loaded, unlike older IEEE 1394-1995 compliant PHY devices which decode only received PHY-config packets.  
The gap-count is set to the maximum value of 63 after 2 consecutive bus resets without an intervening write to the  
Gap_Count, either by a write to PHY register 1 or by a PHY-config packet. This mechanism allows a PHY-config  
83  
packet to be transmitted and then a bus reset initiated so as to verify that all nodes on the bus have updated their  
RHBs and Gap_Count values, without having the Gap_Count set back to 63 by the bus reset. The subsequent  
connection of a new node to the bus, which initiates a bus reset, then causes the Gap_Count of each node to be set  
to 63. Note, however, that if a subsequent bus reset is instead initiated by a write to register 1 to set the IBR bit, all  
other nodes on the bus have their Gap_Count values set to 63, while this node Gap_Count remains set to the value  
just loaded by the write to PHY register 1.  
Therefore, in order to maintain consistent gap-counts throughout the bus, the following rules apply to the use of the  
IBR bit, RHB, and Gap_Count in PHY register 1:  
Following the transmission of a PHY-config packet, a bus reset must be initiated in order to verify that all  
nodes have correctly updated their RHBs and Gap_Count values and to ensure that a subsequent new  
connection to the bus causes the Gap_Count to be set to 63 on all nodes in the bus. If this bus reset is  
initiated by setting the IBR bit to 1, the RHB and Gap_Count field must also be loaded with the correct values  
consistent with the just transmitted PHY-config packet. In the TSB43AB23 device, the RHB and Gap_Count  
are updated to their correct values upon the transmission of the PHY-config packet, so these values may  
first be read from register 1 and then rewritten.  
Other than to initiate the bus reset, which must follow the transmission of a PHY-config packet, whenever  
the IBR bit is set to 1 in order to initiate a bus reset, the Gap_Count value must also be set to 63 so as to  
be consistent with other nodes on the bus, and the RHB must be maintained with its current value.  
The PHY register 1 must not be written to except to set the IBR bit. The RHB and Gap_Count must not be  
written without also setting the IBR bit to 1.  
8.4 EMI Guidelines  
For electromagnetic interference (EMI) guidelines and recommendations send a request via e-mail to  
1394EMI@list.ti.com.  
84  
9 Electrical Characteristics  
9.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings Over Operating Temperature Ranges  
Supply voltage range: REG18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 V to 2.2 V  
AV  
DV  
PLLV  
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 V to 4.0 V  
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 V to 4.0 V  
DD  
DD  
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 V to 4.0 V  
DD  
V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 V to 5.5 V  
DDP  
Input voltage range for PCI, V , PHY, and Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 to V  
+ 0.5 V  
+ 0.5 V  
I
DD  
DD  
Output voltage range for PCI, V , PHY, and Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 to V  
O
Input clamp current, I (V < 0 or V > V ) (see Note 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20 mA  
IK  
OK  
I
I
DD  
Output clamp current, I  
(V < 0 or V > V ) (see Note 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20 mA  
O O DD  
Electrostatic discharge (see Note 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HBM: 2 kV  
Continuous total power dissipation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Dissipation Rating Table  
Operating free-air temperature, T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to 70°C  
A
Storage temperature range, T  
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65°C to 150°C  
stg  
Lead temperature 1,6 mm (1/16 inch) from cage for 10 seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260°C  
Stresses beyond those listed under absolute maximum ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only, and  
functionaloperationofthedeviceattheseoranyotherconditionsbeyondthoseindicatedunderrecommendedoperatingconditionsisnotimplied.  
Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.  
NOTES: 1. Applies to external input and bidirectional buffers. For 5-V tolerant use V > V  
. For PCI use V > V  
DDI  
.
I
I
DDP  
. For PCI use V > V .  
DDP  
2. Applies to external output and bidirectional buffers. For 5-V tolerant use V > V  
O
DDI  
O
3. HBM is human body model, MM is machine model.  
DISSIPATION RATING TABLE  
§
T
25°C  
DERATING FACTOR  
T = 70°C  
A
POWER RATING  
A
PACKAGE  
POWER RATING  
ABOVE T = 25°C  
A
§
PDT  
1.116 W  
0.013 W/°C  
0.009 W/°C  
0.563 W  
PDT  
0.967 W  
0.523 W  
§
Standard JEDEC high-K board  
Standard JEDEC low-K board  
91  
9.2 Recommended Operating Conditions  
TEST  
CONDITION  
MIN  
1.6  
NOM  
MAX  
2.0  
UNIT  
REG18  
1.8  
3.3  
3.3  
3
V
V
V
V
V
Core voltage, AV  
DD  
3
3
3.6  
3.6  
3.6  
Core voltage, DV  
DD  
Core voltage, PLLV  
2.7  
0
DD  
Output voltage, V  
TTL and LVCMOS terminals  
DV  
O
DD  
3.6  
V
V
= 3.3 V  
= 5 V  
3
3.3  
5
PCI I/O clamping voltage,  
DDP  
V
V
DDP  
4.5  
5.5  
DDP  
3.3 V  
0.475V  
V
DDP  
DDP  
2
PCI  
5 V  
V
DDP  
PC(02)  
0.7DV  
0.6DV  
DV  
DV  
V
High-level input voltage, V  
DD  
DD  
DD  
IH  
G_RST  
DD  
2
Miscellaneous  
V
DDP  
PCI  
3.3 V  
5 V  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.325V  
DDP  
PCI  
0.8  
PC(02)  
G_RST  
0.2DV  
V
V
Low-level input voltage, V  
DD  
DD  
IL  
0.3DV  
Miscellaneous  
0.8  
DDP  
DDP  
PCI  
3.3 V  
3.3 V  
V
V
Input voltage, V  
I
Miscellaneous  
PCI  
DV  
DV  
DD  
DD  
§
Output voltage, V  
V
O
Miscellaneous  
Input transition time  
(t and t ), t  
PCI  
0
6
ns  
r
f
t
Operating free-air  
temperature, T  
Rθ = 70.82°C/W, T = 70°C  
99.3  
°C  
JA  
A
A
Output current, I  
TPBIAS outputs  
5.6  
1.3  
260  
mA  
O
Cable inputs, during data reception  
Cable inputs, during arbitration  
118  
168  
Differential input voltage, V  
ID  
mV  
V
265  
TPB cable inputs, source power node  
TPB cable inputs, nonsource power node  
128-PDT high-K JEDEC board  
0.4706  
0.4706  
2.515  
Common-mode input voltage,  
V
IC  
2.015  
119.2  
136.9  
Rθ = 74.6°C/W, T = 70°C, Pd = 0.6 W  
JA  
A
Maximum junction  
temperature, T  
J
°C  
ms  
ns  
128-PDT low-K JEDEC board  
Rθ = 101.3°C/W, T = 70°C, Pd = 0.6 W  
JA  
A
Power-up reset time, t  
Receive input jitter  
G_RST input  
2
pu  
TPA, TPB cable inputs, S100 operation  
TPA, TPB cable inputs, S200 operation  
TPA, TPB cable inputs, S400 operation  
±1.08  
±0.5  
±0.315  
Applies to external inputs and bidirectional buffers without hysteresis.  
Miscellaneous terminals are: GPIO2 (90), GPIO3 (89), SDA (92), SCL (91).  
Applies to external output buffers.  
§
For a node that does not source power; see Section 4.2.2.2 in IEEE Std 1394a-2000.  
92  
Recommended Operating Conditions (Continued)  
TEST  
CONDITION  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX  
UNIT  
Between TPA and TPB cable inputs, S100 operation  
Between TPA and TPB cable inputs, S200 operation  
Between TPA and TPB cable inputs, S400 operation  
±0.8  
±0.55  
±0.5  
Receive input  
skew  
ns  
9.3 Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions  
(unless otherwise noted)  
TEST  
CONDITIONS  
PARAMETER  
OPERATION  
MIN  
MAX  
UNIT  
I
I
I
I
I
I
= 0.5 mA  
= 2 mA  
= 4 mA  
= 1.5 mA  
= 6 mA  
0.9DV  
DD  
OH  
OH  
OH  
OL  
OL  
OL  
PCI  
2.4  
V
V
High-level output voltage  
V
OH  
Miscellaneous  
DV  
0.6  
DD  
0.1DV  
DD  
PCI  
0.55  
0.5  
Low-level output voltage  
V
OL  
Miscellaneous  
Output pins  
Input pins  
= 4 mA  
I
I
3-state output high-impedance  
Low-level input current  
3.6 V  
3.6 V  
3.6 V  
3.6 V  
3.6 V  
V
= DV  
or GND  
±20  
±20  
µA  
µA  
OZ  
O
DD  
V = GND  
I
IL  
I/O pins  
V = GND  
±20  
I
PCI  
V = DV  
±20  
I
DD  
DD  
I
IH  
High-level input current  
µA  
Others  
V = DV  
±20  
I
For I/O terminals, input leakage (I and I ) includes I  
IL IH  
of the disabled output.  
OZ  
Miscellaneous terminals are: GPIO2 (90), GPIO3 (89), SDA (92), SCL (91).  
93  
9.4 Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Ranges of Operating Conditions  
(unless otherwise noted)  
9.4.1 Device  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
See Note 4  
MIN  
TYP  
158  
128  
69.8  
MAX  
UNIT  
Supply current (internal voltage regulator enabled,  
REG_EN = L)  
See Note 5  
See Note 6  
Ports disabled  
I
mA  
DD  
Supply currentultralow power mode (internal voltage  
regulator enabled, REG_EN = L)  
I
I
V
T
A
= 1.8 V (internal)  
3
mA  
DD(ULP)  
DD  
= 25°C  
Ports disabled  
= 1.8 V (external)  
Supply currentultralow power mode (internal voltage  
regulator disabled, REG_EN = H, REG18 = 1.8 V)  
V
50  
µA  
DD(ULP)  
DD  
T
= 25°C  
A
V
V
Power status threshold, CPS input  
400-kresistor  
4.7  
7.5  
V
V
TH  
TPBIAS output voltage  
At rated I current  
1.665  
2.015  
O
O
I
Input current (PC0PC2 inputs)  
V
= 3.6 V  
5
20  
20  
µA  
I
DD  
V = 1.5 V  
90  
90  
I
I
Pullup current (G_RST input)  
µA  
IRST  
V = 0 V  
I
Measured at cable power side of resistor.  
NOTES: 4. Transmit data (transmit on all ports full isochronous payload of 84 µs, S400, data value of CCCC CCCCh).  
5. Repeatdata(receiveononeport, transmitonothertwoports, fullisochronouspayloadof84µs, S400, data value of CCCC CCCCh),  
= 3.3 V, T = 25°C  
V
DD  
A
6. Idle (receive cycle start on one port, transmit cycle start on other two ports), V  
= 3.3 V, T = 25°C  
DD  
A
9.4.2 Driver  
PARAMETER  
Differential output voltage  
TEST CONDITIONS  
56 , see Figure 91  
MIN  
MAX  
UNIT  
mV  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mV  
V
172  
265  
OD  
§
§
I
I
I
Driver difference current, TPA+, TPA, TPB+, TPB–  
Common-mode speed signaling current, TPB+, TPB–  
Common-mode speed signaling current, TPB+, TPB–  
Off state differential voltage  
Drivers enabled, speed signaling off  
S200 speed signaling enabled  
S400 speed signaling enabled  
Drivers disabled, see Figure 91  
1.05  
4.84  
12.4  
1.05  
2.53  
8.10  
DIFF  
§
§
SP200  
SP400  
V
OFF  
20  
§
Limits defined as algebraic sum of TPA+ and TPAdriver currents. Limits also apply to TPB+ and TPBalgebraic sum of driver currents.  
Limits defined as absolute limit of each of TPB+ and TPBdriver currents.  
TPAx+  
TPBx+  
56 Ω  
TPAx–  
TPBx–  
Figure 91. Test Load Diagram  
94  
9.4.3 Receiver  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
Drivers disabled  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
kΩ  
pF  
4
7
Z
Z
Differential impedance  
ID  
4
20  
kΩ  
pF  
Common-mode impedance  
Drivers disabled  
IC  
24  
30  
V
V
V
V
Receiver input threshold voltage  
Drivers disabled  
Drivers disabled  
Drivers disabled  
Drivers disabled  
30  
0.6  
mV  
V
TH-R  
Cable bias detect threshold, TPBx cable inputs  
Positive arbitration comparator threshold voltage  
Negative arbitration comparator threshold voltage  
1.0  
168  
89  
TH-CB  
+
89  
mV  
mV  
TH  
TH  
168  
TPBIASTPA common mode  
voltage, drivers disabled  
V
Speed signal threshold  
Speed signal threshold  
49  
131  
396  
mV  
mV  
THSP200  
THSP400  
TPBIASTPA common mode  
voltage, drivers disabled  
V
314  
9.5 Thermal Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
74.6  
UNIT  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
128-PDT  
128-PDT  
128-PDT  
Rθ  
Rθ  
Rθ  
high-K board  
low-K board  
JA,  
JA,  
JC  
101.3  
18.7  
Board mounted, no air flow, JEDEC test board  
9.6 Switching Characteristics for PHY Port Interface  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
±0.15  
±0.10  
1.2  
UNIT  
ns  
Jitter, transmit  
Skew, transmit  
Between TPA and TPB  
Between TPA and TPB  
ns  
t
t
TP differential rise time, transmit  
TP differential fall time, transmit  
10% to 90%, at 1394 connector  
90% to 10%, at 1394 connector  
0.5  
0.5  
ns  
r
1.2  
ns  
f
9.7 Operating, Timing, and Switching Characteristics of XI  
PARAMETER  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
V
DD  
V
IH  
V
IL  
3.0  
3.3  
3.6 V (PLLV  
V
)
DD  
High-level input voltage  
Low-level input voltage  
Input clock frequency  
Input clock frequency tolerance  
Input slew rate  
0.63V  
DD  
0.33V  
V
DD  
24.576  
MHz  
PPM  
V/ns  
<100  
4
0.2  
Input clock duty cycle  
40%  
60%  
9.8 Switching Characteristics for PCI Interface  
PARAMETER  
MEASURED  
50% to 50%  
50% to 50%  
50% to 50%  
MIN  
7
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
t
t
t
Setup time before PCLK  
Hold time before PCLK  
ns  
ns  
ns  
su  
0
h
Delay time, PCLK to data valid  
2
11  
val  
These parameters are ensured by design.  
95  
10 Mechanical Information  
The TSB43AB23 device is packaged in a 128-terminal PDT package. The following shows the mechanical  
dimensions for the PDT package.  
PDT (S-PQFP-G128)  
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK  
0,23  
0,13  
M
0,40  
96  
0,05  
65  
64  
97  
33  
128  
0,13 NOM  
1
32  
12,40 TYP  
Gage Plane  
14,05  
SQ  
13,95  
0,25  
16,10  
SQ  
0,05 MIN  
15,90  
0°ā5°  
1,05  
0,95  
0,75  
0,45  
Seating Plane  
0,08  
1,20 MAX  
4087726/A 11/95  
NOTES: A. All linear dimensions are in millimeters.  
B. This drawing is subject to change without notice.  
C. Falls within JEDEC MO-136  
101  
PGE (S-PQFP-G144)  
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK  
108  
73  
109  
72  
0,27  
0,17  
M
0,08  
0,50  
0,13 NOM  
144  
37  
1
36  
Gage Plane  
17,50 TYP  
20,20  
SQ  
19,80  
0,25  
0,05 MIN  
22,20  
SQ  
0°ā7°  
21,80  
0,75  
0,45  
1,45  
1,35  
Seating Plane  
0,08  
1,60 MAX  
4040147/C 10/96  
NOTES: A. All linear dimensions are in millimeters.  
B. This drawing is subject to change without notice.  
C. Falls within JEDEC MS-026  
102  

相关型号:

TSB43AB23IPDTEP

Enhanced Product Ieee 1394A-2000 Ohci Phy/Link Layer Controller 128-TQFP -40 to 85
TI

TSB43AB23PDT

IEEE 1394A 2000 OHCI PHY /LINK LAYER CONTROLLER
TI

TSB43AB23PDTG4

IEEE 1394a-2000 OHCI PHY/Link Layer Controller 
TI

TSB43AB23PGE

IEEE 1394A 2000 OHCI PHY /LINK LAYER CONTROLLER
TI

TSB43AB23PGEG4

IEEE 1394a-2000 OHCI PHY/Link Layer Controller 
TI

TSB43CA42

TI iceLynx-Micro⑩ IEEE 1394a-2000 Consumer Electronics Solution
TI

TSB43CA42GGW

TI iceLynx-Micro⑩ IEEE 1394a-2000 Consumer Electronics Solution
TI

TSB43CA42PGF

TI iceLynx-Micro⑩ IEEE 1394a-2000 Consumer Electronics Solution
TI

TSB43CA42ZGW

TI iceLynx-Micro⑩ IEEE 1394a-2000 Consumer Electronics Solution
TI

TSB43CA43A

TI iceLynx-Micro⑩ IEEE 1394a-2000 Consumer Electronics Solution
TI

TSB43CA43AGGW

TI iceLynx-Micro⑩ IEEE 1394a-2000 Consumer Electronics Solution
TI

TSB43CA43APGF

TI iceLynx-Micro⑩ IEEE 1394a-2000 Consumer Electronics Solution
TI